WO2020155174A1 - Information transmission method and communication device - Google Patents

Information transmission method and communication device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2020155174A1
WO2020155174A1 PCT/CN2019/074688 CN2019074688W WO2020155174A1 WO 2020155174 A1 WO2020155174 A1 WO 2020155174A1 CN 2019074688 W CN2019074688 W CN 2019074688W WO 2020155174 A1 WO2020155174 A1 WO 2020155174A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
context
network device
information
terminal device
access network
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2019/074688
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
王宏
单宝堃
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to PCT/CN2019/074688 priority Critical patent/WO2020155174A1/en
Publication of WO2020155174A1 publication Critical patent/WO2020155174A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W74/00Wireless channel access, e.g. scheduled or random access
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02DCLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION TECHNOLOGIES IN INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES [ICT], I.E. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES AIMING AT THE REDUCTION OF THEIR OWN ENERGY USE
    • Y02D30/00Reducing energy consumption in communication networks
    • Y02D30/70Reducing energy consumption in communication networks in wireless communication networks

Definitions

  • This application relates to the field of communications, and more specifically, to a method and communication device for information transmission.
  • the access network device sends downlink data to the terminal device after Msg3.
  • the access network device will obtain the context of the terminal device according to Msg3, and use the context of the terminal device to send downlink data from the core network device to the terminal device.
  • the access network device uses the security information in the context of the terminal device to encrypt the downlink data. Then the encrypted downlink data is sent to the terminal device.
  • the core network device has the downlink data of the terminal device arrives, and the data volume of the downlink data is small, if the downlink data is still sent to the terminal device after Msg3, the terminal device needs to go through complicated signaling
  • the interaction process for example, needs to go through Msg1, Msg2, Msg3, and then the access network device can send the downlink data to the terminal device.
  • Msg1, Msg2, Msg3 There are more uplink and downlink signaling interactions, which makes the transmission power consumption of downlink data larger, which seriously affects the downlink The efficiency of data transmission. Therefore, how to improve the transmission efficiency of downlink data has become an urgent problem to be solved at present.
  • the present application provides an information transmission method, which reduces the power consumption overhead of the terminal receiving downlink data, improves the efficiency and reliability of downlink data transmission, and thereby improves communication efficiency.
  • a method for information transmission is provided, and the execution subject of the method can be either an access network device or a chip applied to the access network device.
  • the method includes: a first access network device receives first information from a core network device, the first information is used by the first access network device to determine the context of the terminal device, and the context is used by the first access network device The terminal device sends downlink data; wherein the context is suspended; the first access network device determines the context according to the first information; the first access network device sends the context to the terminal device according to the context Downlink data.
  • the core network device notifies the first access network device of first information used for the first access network device to determine the context of the terminal device. Among them, the context of the terminal device has been suspended.
  • the first access network device may determine (restore or activate) the context of the terminal device according to the first information, so that when receiving downlink data sent by the core network device, it may send the downlink data to the terminal device according to the context .
  • the downlink data can be sent to the terminal device earlier.
  • the downlink data can be sent to the terminal device before Msg4 or Msg3, which reduces the power consumption overhead of the terminal receiving downlink data and improves the efficiency and reliability of downlink data transmission. Improve communication efficiency.
  • the context includes a security context; the first access network device sending the downlink data to the terminal device according to the context includes: the first access network device according to the The security context encrypts and/or integrity protects the downlink data; the first access network device sends the encrypted and/or integrity protected downlink data to the terminal device.
  • the security and reliability of the downlink data transmission can be improved It further improves the guarantee of downlink data transmission.
  • the first access network device sending the downlink data to the terminal device according to the context includes: the first access network device sending the downlink data to the terminal device according to the context Send second information, where the second information includes the downlink data.
  • the method further includes: the first access network device sends second information to the terminal device at a paging time when the paging message is sent, and the second information is used for scheduling The downlink data; or, the first access network device sends second information to the terminal device, the second information includes scheduling information, and the scheduling information is used to schedule the downlink data.
  • the second information is the paging message
  • the paging message further includes scheduling information
  • the scheduling information is used to schedule the downlink data
  • the second information is scheduling Information, the scheduling information is used to schedule the downlink data.
  • the first information includes a first identifier of the terminal device and the context, and the first identifier is allocated by the core network device; or, the first information includes the terminal device
  • the second identifier of the terminal device is assigned by the first access network device, and the second identifier is used to identify the context; or, the first information includes the second identifier of the terminal device and the context.
  • the method further includes: the first access network device sends a first request to the core network device, where the first request is used to request suspension or deactivation of the context,
  • the first request includes third information, and the third information is used by the first access network device to determine the context of the terminal device;
  • the first access network device receives the first request from the core network device in response to the first request A response message, the first response message is used to instruct the first access network device to suspend or deactivate the context of the terminal device; the first access network device suspends or deactivates according to the first response message The context of the terminal device.
  • the first access network device notifies the core network device of the context related information when the context of the terminal device is suspended, so that when the core network device has downlink data from the terminal device, the core network device The device can notify the access network device of the related information of the context of the terminal device, so as to realize early transmission of downlink data, and improve the efficiency of the downlink data transmission.
  • the third information includes a first identifier of the terminal device and the context, and the first identifier is allocated by the core network device; or, the third information includes the terminal device The second identifier is assigned by the first access network device, and the second identifier is used to identify the context; or, the third information includes the second identifier of the terminal device and the context.
  • the first information further includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate that the downlink data will trigger the terminal device to send uplink data, and the downlink data will not trigger
  • the terminal device sends uplink data and the downlink data only includes at least one of a data packet.
  • the first identifier is the system architecture evolution temporary mobile equipment identifier S-TMSI or the international mobile subscriber identity IMSI of the terminal device; the second identifier is the recovery of the terminal device Identifies the resume ID.
  • a method for information transmission is provided, and the execution subject of the method can be either a core network device or a chip applied to the core network device.
  • the method includes: a core network device determines first information, the first information is used by a first access network device to determine a context of a terminal device, and the context is used by the first access network device to send downlink data to the terminal device, where , The context is suspended; the core network device sends the first information to the first access network device.
  • the information transmission method provided in the second aspect notifies the core network device of relevant information about the context of the suspended terminal device through the access network device, so that when the core network device has downlink data from the terminal device, the core network device
  • the related information of the context of the terminal device can be notified to the access network device, so that when the access network device receives the downlink data, the access network device can obtain the context of the terminal device according to the related information of the context , And then send the downlink data to the terminal device according to the context.
  • the downlink data can be sent to the terminal device before Msg4 or Msg3, which reduces the power consumption of the terminal receiving downlink data, improves the efficiency and reliability of downlink data transmission, and thereby improves communication efficiency.
  • the first information includes a first identifier of the terminal device and the context, and the first identifier is allocated by the core network device; or, the first information includes the terminal device's A second identifier, where the second identifier is allocated by the first access network device, and the second identifier is used to identify the context; or, the first information includes the second identifier of the terminal device and the context.
  • the method further includes: the core network device receives a first request from the first access network device, the first request is used to request to suspend or deactivate the context, the The first request includes third information, which is used by the first access network device to determine the context of the terminal device; the core network device sends the first access network device in response to the first request to the first access network device. A response message, where the first response message is used to instruct the first access network device to suspend or deactivate the context.
  • the first access network device notifies the core network device of the context related information when the terminal device is suspended up and down, so that when the core network device has downlink data from the terminal device, the core network device
  • the device can notify the access network device of the related information of the context of the terminal device, so as to realize early transmission of downlink data, and improve the efficiency of the downlink data transmission.
  • the third information includes the first identifier of the terminal device and the context, and the first identifier is allocated by the core network device; or, the third information includes the terminal device The second identifier is assigned by the first access network device, and the second identifier is used to identify the context; or, the third information includes the second identifier of the terminal device and the context.
  • the first information further includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate that the downlink data will trigger the terminal device to send uplink data, and the downlink data will not trigger The terminal device sends uplink data, and the downlink data only includes at least one of a data packet.
  • the first identifier is the system architecture evolution temporary mobile equipment identifier S-TMSI or the international mobile subscriber identity IMSI of the terminal device; the second identifier is the recovery of the terminal device Identifies the resume ID.
  • the core network device may be an S-GW, or an MME, or an SMF, or an AMF, or a UPF, etc.
  • a method of information transmission is provided, and the execution subject of the method can be a terminal device or a chip applied to the terminal device.
  • the method includes: a terminal device receives second information from a first access network device, the second information includes second indication information, the second indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to restore the context of the terminal device, wherein the context Is suspended; the terminal device restores the context according to the second information;
  • the terminal device receives downlink data from the first access network device according to the restored context.
  • the terminal device can restore the context according to the second information sent by the access network device, and receive the downlink data sent by the access network device according to the restored context section, which can realize the early downlink data
  • the terminal device can receive the downlink data before Msg4 or Msg3 according to the context, which reduces the power consumption of the terminal device for receiving downlink data, and improves the efficiency and reliability of downlink data transmission. Thereby improving communication efficiency.
  • the context includes a security context
  • the method further includes: the terminal device performs processing on the downlink received from the first access network device according to the security context in the context The data is decrypted.
  • the second information is a paging message
  • the paging message includes the downlink data
  • the terminal device receiving the second information from the first access network device includes: the terminal device receives the paging message from the first access network device at the paging time The second information is received, and the second information further includes scheduling information, and the scheduling information is used to schedule the downlink data.
  • the second information is a paging message
  • the paging message further includes scheduling information
  • the scheduling information is used to schedule the downlink data
  • the second information is scheduling information
  • the scheduling information is used to schedule the downlink data.
  • a communication device which includes steps for executing the methods in the first to third aspects, or any one of the first to third aspects and their possible implementations. Unit.
  • the communication device is a communication chip
  • the communication chip may include an input circuit or interface for sending information or data, and an output circuit or interface for receiving information or data.
  • the communication device is a communication device (for example, a terminal device or an access network device or a core network device), and the communication chip may include a transmitter for sending information or data, and for receiving information or Data receiver.
  • a terminal device including a transceiver, a processor, and a memory.
  • the processor is used to control the transceiver to send and receive signals
  • the memory is used to store a computer program
  • the processor is used to call and run the computer program from the memory, so that the terminal device executes the third aspect or any of the third aspects.
  • the method in each implementation mode.
  • processors there are one or more processors and one or more memories.
  • the memory may be integrated with the processor, or the memory and the processor may be provided separately.
  • an access network device including a transceiver, a processor, and a memory.
  • the processor is used to control the transceiver to send and receive signals
  • the memory is used to store a computer program
  • the processor is used to call and run the computer program from the memory, so that the access network device executes the first aspect or any one of the first aspect The method in each possible implementation of the aspect.
  • processors there are one or more processors and one or more memories.
  • the memory may be integrated with the processor, or the memory and the processor may be provided separately.
  • the foregoing processor may be used to perform, for example, but not limited to, baseband related processing, and the receiver and transmitter may be used to perform, for example, but not limited to, radio frequency transceiving.
  • the above-mentioned devices can be arranged on separate chips, or at least partly or completely on the same chip.
  • the receiver and transmitter can be arranged on separate receiver chips and transmitter chips. It can be integrated as a transceiver and then set on the transceiver chip.
  • the processor can be further divided into an analog baseband processor and a digital baseband processor, where the analog baseband processor can be integrated with the transceiver on the same chip, and the digital baseband processor can be set on a separate chip.
  • a digital baseband processor can be combined with a variety of application processors (such as but not limited to graphics processors, multimedia processors, etc.) Integrated on the same chip.
  • application processors such as but not limited to graphics processors, multimedia processors, etc.
  • Such a chip can be called a system on chip. Whether each device is independently arranged on different chips or integrated on one or more chips often depends on the specific needs of product design.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific implementation form of the foregoing device.
  • a processor including: an input circuit, an output circuit, and a processing circuit.
  • the processing circuit is configured to receive a signal through the input circuit and transmit a signal through the output circuit, so that the processor executes the first aspect to the third aspect, or any one of the first aspect to the third aspect The method in each implementation in the.
  • the foregoing processor may be a chip
  • the input circuit may be an input pin
  • the output circuit may be an output pin
  • the processing circuit may be a transistor, a gate circuit, a flip-flop, and various logic circuits.
  • the input signal received by the input circuit may be received and input by, for example, but not limited to, the receiver, and the signal output by the output circuit may be, for example, but not limited to, output to and transmitted by the transmitter, and the input circuit and output
  • the circuit can be the same circuit, which is used as an input circuit and an output circuit at different times.
  • the embodiments of the present application do not limit the specific implementation manners of the processor and various circuits.
  • a processing device including a memory and a processor.
  • the processor is configured to read instructions stored in the memory, and can receive signals through a receiver and transmit signals through a transmitter to execute any of the first aspect to the third aspect, or the first aspect to the third aspect On the one hand, the methods in each implementation.
  • processors there are one or more processors and one or more memories.
  • the memory may be integrated with the processor, or the memory and the processor may be provided separately.
  • the memory can be a non-transitory (non-transitory) memory, such as a read only memory (ROM), which can be integrated with the processor on the same chip, or can be set in different On the chip, the embodiment of the present application does not limit the type of memory and the setting mode of the memory and the processor.
  • ROM read only memory
  • a chip including a processor and a memory, the memory is used to store a computer program, the processor is used to call and run the computer program from the memory, the computer program is used to implement the first to third aspects Aspect, or the method in any one of the first aspect to the third aspect.
  • a computer program product includes: a computer program (also called code, or instruction), which when the computer program is executed, causes the computer to execute the first to third aspects. Aspect, or the method in any one of the first aspect to the third aspect.
  • a computer-readable medium stores a computer program (also called code, or instruction) when it runs on a computer, so that the computer executes the first to third aspects.
  • a computer program also called code, or instruction
  • the downlink data can be sent to the UE before Msg4 or Msg3, which saves excessive power overhead caused by sending downlink data and improves communication efficiency.
  • Fig. 1 is a schematic block diagram of a wireless communication system architecture applicable to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 2 is a schematic block diagram of another wireless communication system architecture applicable to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 3 is a schematic block diagram of another wireless communication system architecture applicable to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 4 is a schematic flow chart of the process of establishing a connection between an access network device and a terminal device.
  • Fig. 5 is a schematic flowchart of suspending the context of a terminal device.
  • Figure 6 shows a schematic flowchart of a method for restoring an RRC connection.
  • Figure 7 shows a schematic flowchart of another method for restoring an RRC connection.
  • Figure 8 shows a schematic flow chart of a method for early data transmission under the UP scheme.
  • Figure 9 shows a schematic flowchart of a method for early data transmission under the CP scheme.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic interaction diagram of an information transmission method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic interaction diagram of an information transmission method according to another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic interaction diagram of an information transmission method according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic interaction diagram of an information transmission method according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic interaction diagram of a method for suspending the context of a terminal device according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic interaction diagram of the context of suspending a terminal device in some other embodiments of the present application.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic interaction diagram of restoring the context of a terminal device in some embodiments of the present application.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 18 is another schematic block diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 19 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 20 is another schematic block diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 21 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 22 is another schematic block diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 23 is a schematic block diagram of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 24 is a schematic block diagram of an access network device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • GSM global system for mobile communications
  • CDMA code division multiple access
  • WCDMA broadband code division multiple access
  • GPRS general packet radio service
  • LTE long term evolution
  • FDD frequency division duplex
  • TDD LTE Time division duplex
  • UMTS universal mobile telecommunication system
  • WiMAX worldwide interoperability for microwave access
  • the terminal equipment in the embodiments of this application may refer to user equipment (UE), access terminal, user unit, user station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile equipment, user terminal, terminal, wireless Communication equipment, user agent or user device.
  • the terminal device can also be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a session initiation protocol (session initiation protocol, SIP) phone, a wireless local loop (WLL) station, a personal digital assistant (personal digital assistant, PDA), with wireless communication Functional handheld devices, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, in-vehicle devices, wearable devices, terminal devices in the future 5G network, or future evolution of the public land mobile network (PLMN) Terminal equipment, etc., this embodiment of the application does not limit this.
  • PLMN public land mobile network
  • the access network device in the embodiment of the application may be a device used to communicate with terminal devices, and the access network device may be a global system for mobile communications (GSM) system or code division multiple access (code division multiple)
  • GSM global system for mobile communications
  • code division multiple code division multiple
  • the base transceiver station (BTS) in access, CDMA) can also be the base station (NodeB, NB) in the wideband code division multiple access (WCDMA) system, or the evolution of the LTE system Evolved base station (evolved NodeB, eNB or eNodeB), can also be a wireless controller in the cloud radio access network (CRAN) scenario, or the access network device can be a relay station, access point, or vehicle-mounted device , Wearable devices and access network equipment in the future 5G network or access network equipment in the future evolved PLMN network, etc., which are not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • CRAN cloud radio access network
  • the terminal device or the access network device includes a hardware layer, an operating system layer running on the hardware layer, and an application layer running on the operating system layer.
  • the hardware layer includes hardware such as a central processing unit (CPU), a memory management unit (MMU), and memory (also referred to as main memory).
  • the operating system may be any one or more computer operating systems that implement business processing through processes, for example, Linux operating system, Unix operating system, Android operating system, iOS operating system, or windows operating system.
  • the application layer includes applications such as browsers, address books, word processing software, and instant messaging software.
  • the embodiments of the application do not specifically limit the specific structure of the execution body of the method provided in the embodiments of the application, as long as the program that records the codes of the methods provided in the embodiments of the application can be provided according to the embodiments of the application.
  • the execution subject of the method provided in the embodiment of the present application may be a terminal device or an access network device, or a functional module in the terminal device or the access network device that can call and execute the program.
  • various aspects or features of the present application can be implemented as methods, devices, or products using standard programming and/or engineering techniques.
  • article of manufacture used in this application encompasses a computer program that can be accessed from any computer-readable device, carrier, or medium.
  • computer-readable media may include, but are not limited to: magnetic storage devices (for example, hard disks, floppy disks, or tapes, etc.), optical disks (for example, compact discs (CD), digital versatile discs (DVD)) Etc.), smart cards and flash memory devices (for example, erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), cards, sticks or key drives, etc.).
  • various storage media described herein may represent one or more devices and/or other machine-readable media for storing information.
  • the term "machine-readable medium” may include, but is not limited to, wireless channels and various other media capable of storing, containing, and/or carrying instructions and/or data.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic block diagram of a wireless communication system architecture 100 applicable to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the system architecture 100 includes a terminal device 110, an access network device 120, a core network device 130, and a data network 160 (DN).
  • the core network device 130 includes a management device 140 and a gateway.
  • Equipment 150 the terminal device 110 in FIG. 1 can be used to connect to the access network device 120 deployed by the operator through a wireless air interface, and then to the data network through the core network device 130; the access network device 120 is mainly used to implement the wireless physical layer Functions, resource scheduling and wireless resource management, wireless access control, and mobility management.
  • the access network device may be the above-mentioned access network device; the core network device 130 may include a management device 140, a gateway device 150, and a management device 140 It is mainly used for device registration, security authentication, mobility management and location management of terminal devices.
  • the gateway device 150 is mainly used for establishing a channel with the terminal device, and forwarding data packets between the terminal device and the external data network on the channel;
  • the data network 160 may correspond to a variety of different service domains, such as IP multimedia subsystem (IMS), Internet (Internet), Internet protocol television (IPTV), and other operator service domains, etc. It is used to provide multiple data service services for terminal equipment, which may include network equipment such as servers (including servers that provide multicast services), routers, and gateways.
  • Fig. 1 is only an exemplary architecture diagram. In addition to the functional units shown in Fig. 1, the network architecture may also include other functional units or functional entities, which are not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the aforementioned terminal devices can be user equipment (UE), such as mobile phones, computers, cellular phones, cordless phones, and session initiation protocols (SIP). ) Telephones, smart phones, wireless local loop (WLL) stations, personal digital assistants (PDAs), computers, laptops, handheld communication devices, handheld computing devices, satellite wireless devices , Wireless modem card, TV set top box (STB), customer premise equipment (customer premise equipment, CPE) and/or other equipment used for communication on the wireless system.
  • the aforementioned access network equipment may be an access network (AN)/radio access network (RAN) equipment, and a network composed of multiple 5G-AN/5G-RAN nodes.
  • the 5G-AN/ 5G-RAN nodes can be: access point (access point, AP), next-generation base station (NR nodeB, gNB), central unit (CU) and distributed unit (DU) separated form gNB, Transmission receive point (TRP), transmission point (TP) or some other access node.
  • access point access point
  • AP access point
  • NR nodeB next-generation base station
  • CU central unit
  • DU distributed unit
  • TRP Transmission receive point
  • TP transmission point
  • the above-mentioned core network equipment may include: access and mobility management function (AMF), session management function (session management function, SMF), policy control function (PCF), user plane function (user plane funtion) , UPF) and other functional units, these functional units can work independently, can also be combined to achieve certain control functions, such as: AMF, SMF and PCF can be combined together as a management device to complete the access authentication of terminal equipment , Security encryption, location registration and other access control and mobility management functions, as well as session management functions such as the establishment, release and modification of user plane transmission paths, as well as analysis of some slice-related data (such as congestion) and terminal equipment related functions
  • AMF access and mobility management function
  • SMF session management function
  • PCF policy control function
  • UPF user plane function
  • UPF mainly completes the routing and forwarding of user plane data, such as: responsible for data message filtering, data transmission/forwarding, rate control, and charging information generation for terminal devices.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of another example of network architecture applicable to this application.
  • each functional unit can establish a connection through a next generation network (NG) interface to achieve communication, such as :
  • the terminal equipment establishes an air interface connection with the RAN equipment through the new radio (NR) interface to transmit user plane data and control plane signaling; the terminal equipment can establish control plane signaling with AMF through NG interface 1 (abbreviated as N1) Connection;
  • AN/RAN equipment such as the next-generation radio access base station (NR NodeB, gNB) can establish a user plane data connection with UPF through NG interface 3 (abbreviated as N3);
  • AN/RAN equipment can pass NG interface 2 (abbreviated as N2)
  • UPF can establish control plane signaling connection with SMF through NG interface 4 (abbreviated as N4);
  • UPF can exchange user plane data with data network through NG interface 6 (abbreviated as N6);
  • AMF can use
  • the network architecture may also include other functional units or functional entities.
  • the core network equipment may also include unified Other functional units such as a data management function (unified data management, UDM) are not limited in this embodiment of the application.
  • UDM unified data management
  • the terminal equipment can refer to the related description of the terminal equipment in Figure 2, which will not be repeated here;
  • the access network equipment can be a base station (nodeB, NB), an evolved base station (evolution nodeB) , ENB), HeNB, TRP, TP, AP or some other access unit;
  • core network equipment may include: mobility management entity (MME), policy and charging rules function (PCRF) ) And other management equipment, as well as gateway equipment such as serving gateway (serving gateway, S-GW), packet data network gateway (packet data network gateway, P-GW), and local gateway (local gateway, L-GW).
  • serving gateway serving gateway
  • P-GW packet data network gateway
  • L-GW local gateway
  • FIG. 3 shows a schematic diagram of another 4G network architecture applicable to the present application.
  • the terminal equipment can establish an air interface connection with the eNB through the Uu interface, the eNB establishes a control plane signaling connection with the MME through the S1-C interface, and the eNB establishes a user with the S-GW through the S1-U interface
  • the S-GW establishes a control plane signaling connection with the MME through S11
  • the S-GW establishes a user plane data connection with the P-GW through the S5/S8 interface
  • the P-GW and the data network are connected through the SGi interface.
  • Each air interface shown in FIG. 3 may also be referred to as a 3GPP air interface.
  • FIG. 3 is only an exemplary architecture diagram.
  • the network architecture may also include other functional units or functional entities, which are not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • Machine type communication or (narrow band internet of things, NB-IoT) is different from traditional LTE communication.
  • MTC Machine type communication
  • NB-IoT narrow band internet of things
  • MTC Mobility Management Entity
  • it does not pursue data transmission rates, multiple frequency bands, multiple antennas, and full dual Instead, it pursues longer battery time of terminal equipment and lower terminal equipment cost. That is, terminal equipment is required to achieve low power consumption and low cost.
  • MTC terminal equipment such as water meters, electricity meters, etc.
  • the signal coverage strength of terminal equipment cannot meet the signal reception requirements, so MTC is enhanced to enable access network equipment (such as base stations) and terminal equipment to support Expansion coverage (Coverage Enhancement).
  • the main method to achieve extended coverage is to repeatedly send uplink or downlink signals multiple times, and achieve the purpose of increasing the success rate of data reception through multiple reception combinations.
  • the data transmission is characterized by a small amount of data, and the time of data arrival is uncertain.
  • the network side calls the terminal equipment to report data, or the network side issues control instructions to the terminal equipment.
  • the network side calls the terminal equipment to report data, or the network side issues control instructions to the terminal equipment.
  • it in order to successfully transmit data, it is necessary to establish a wireless connection between the access network device and the terminal, and the establishment of the wireless connection requires certain signaling overhead. If it is only for the transmission of small data, it will make the use of wireless resources. The efficiency is reduced, a lot of resources are used for the process of connection establishment, and a small amount of resources are used for data transmission.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic flow chart of the process of establishing a connection between an access network device and a terminal device.
  • the access network equipment take the base station as an example
  • the terminal equipment take the UE as an example
  • no connection will be established between the base station and the UE, for example, no connection between the base station and the UE will be established Radio resource control (RRC) connection.
  • RRC Radio resource control
  • the UE is in an IDLE state.
  • the base station side has UE downlink data to be transmitted, the base station needs to page the UE to establish an RRC connection, and the UE enters the connected state from the IDLE state, and the UE needs to establish the RRC connection through the process shown in FIG. 4.
  • steps A1 to A3 are the paging process triggered by downlink data. specific:
  • A1 When the S-GW on the core network side has the arrival of downlink data from the UE, the S-GW sends a downlink data notification message to the MME to notify the MME that the downlink data of a certain UE has arrived.
  • the downlink data indication message contains Carry the UE's evolved packet system (evolved packet system, EPS) bearer identifier (EPS Bearer ID).
  • EPS evolved packet system
  • A2 After the MME receives the downlink data indication message sent by the S-GW, the MME sends a paging message (A2 paging) to the base station (taking the eNB as an example) to make the eNB page the UE.
  • A2 paging a paging message
  • step S101 to step S104 are the process of random access (Random Access) performed by the UE.
  • the UE sends a random access preamble (Preamble) to an eNB.
  • the sending of the random access preamble (Preamble) can be regarded as a process of sending message 1 (message 1, Msg1).
  • the random access preamble is a message sent by the eNB through a broadcast Broadcast to all UEs, the UE that needs to initiate the random access process randomly selects a Preamble from the several Preambles broadcast by the eNB, and randomly selects a resource from the preamble broadcast resources of the eNB to send the UE to the eNB Preamble of choice.
  • the eNB monitors the Preamble sent by the UE on the Preamble resource. When a certain Preamble is detected, the eNB confirms that the UE has sent the Preamble, and sends a random access response (RAR) message to the UE.
  • the incoming response message can be regarded as Message 2 (Msg2).
  • the RAR includes timing (advanced, TA) information for the UE to send Msg3, uplink resource (UL Grant) for the UE to send Msg3, and cell radio network temporary identifier (C-RNTI).
  • the UE After receiving the RAR sent by the eNB, the UE uses the TA and UL Grant included in the RAR to send Msg3 to the eNB.
  • the Msg3 is an RRC connection establishment request message.
  • the RRC connection establishment request message carries a UE identity (ID).
  • the UE ID can be the system architecture evolution temporary mobile station identifier (S) of the UE. -TMSI) or International Mobile Subscriber Identification Number (IMSI).
  • step S104 considering that in step S101, different UEs may randomly select the same Preamble code and resources for sending the Preamble.
  • the eNB does not know that different UEs use the same code and resources. In this way, the RRC connection establishment request message in S103 may actually be sent by multiple UEs using the same resources, but the UE ID in different RRC connection establishment request messages is different.
  • the eNB sends a contention resolution (Contention Resolution) message to the UE, which carries a UE ID.
  • a contention resolution Contention Resolution
  • the UE thinks that the eNB has accepted its connection establishment request, while other UEs think that the eNB does not have its own ID because it has not detected its own ID. Accept their connection establishment request, wait for a certain time, and then send the Preamble.
  • the eNB may also send an RRC Connection Setup (RRC Connection Setup) message to the UE, and the RRC Connection Setup message may be regarded as Msg4. So far, the random access process of the UE is completed.
  • RRC Connection Setup RRC Connection Setup
  • the UE sends an RRC Connection Setup Complete (RRC Connection Setup Complete) message to the eNB, and carries a non-access stratum (Non-Access Stream, NAS) service request (service request) message.
  • RRC Connection Setup Complete RRC Connection Setup Complete
  • NAS non-access stratum
  • the eNB requests the MME to initialize the UE message (initial UE message) through the S1-AP interface.
  • the message may include the NAS message, the tracking area identity (TAI), and the E-UTRAN cell global identifier (E-UTRAN). -UTRAN cell global identifier, ECGI), S-TMSI, RRC establishment reason (Cause).
  • the NAS message may carry a service request (service request).
  • the S1-AP interface is the communication interface between the eNB and the MME. Specifically, in S106, the UE sends a service request to the MME, and in S107, the MME sends an initial context setup request (initial context setup request) to the eNB.
  • the eNB sets the security context to the UE. Specifically, in S108, the eNB sends a security mode command (security mode command) to the UE. In S108, the UE sends a security mode complete (security mode complete) to the eNB.
  • security mode command security mode command
  • security mode complete security mode complete
  • the eNB configures the bearer of the UE for transmitting signaling and data. Specifically, in S110, the eNB sends an RRC connection reconfiguration (RRC connection reconfiguration) to the UE. In S111, the UE sends an RRC connection reconfiguration complete (RRC connection reconfiguration complete) to the eNB.
  • RRC connection reconfiguration RRC connection reconfiguration
  • RRC connection reconfiguration complete RRC connection reconfiguration complete
  • S112 to S114 it is the process of establishing or modifying the bearer on the core network side for the UE.
  • the eNB sends an initial context setup complete to the MME.
  • the MME sends a modify bearer request to the S-GW.
  • the S-GW sends a modified bearer request to the MME. Response (modify bearer response).
  • the S-GW sends downlink data to the UE through the eNB. Specifically, in S115, the S-GW sends downlink data (DL data) to the eNB, and in S116, the eNB sends the downlink data to the UE.
  • DL data downlink data
  • the UE is in the RRC idle state (IDLE state) before establishing the RRC connection, and is in the RRC connected state (RRC connected) after the RRC connection is established.
  • the UE transitions from the RRC connected state to the RRC idle state, the UE releases the configuration information configured by the eNB to the UE (For example, including the UE context, etc.), the eNB releases the context of the UE.
  • the context of the UE may include the identity of the UE, resource configuration information configured for the UE, encryption algorithm, and capability information of the UE.
  • Figure 5 is a schematic flow chart of the context of suspending a UE.
  • the eNB decides to suspend the context of the UE. Suspending the context of the UE can be understood as the eNB releasing the RRC connection with the UE, but the eNB does not release the context of the UE.
  • the eNB requests the MME to suspend the UE (Suspend). Specifically, the eNB sends a UE context suspend request (UE context suspend request) to the MME, requesting to release the RRC connection with the UE, but the eNB does not release the UE’s Context.
  • UE context suspend request UE context suspend request
  • the MME and the S-GW interact to release access bearers (release access bearers) information.
  • the MME sends a UE context suspend response (UE context suspend response) to the eNB.
  • UE context suspend response UE context suspend response
  • the eNB receives a positive response from the MME, the eNB is allowed to suspend the UE.
  • the eNB sends an RRC connection release (RRC connection Release) message to the UE, and instructs the UE to suspend in the message. At this time, the eNB releases the RRC connection with the UE, but the eNB does not release the UE context.
  • the RRC connection release message carries a resume ID, and the resume ID is used to identify the context of the UE, and the context of the UE can be obtained according to the resume ID.
  • the UE releases the RRC connection of the UE according to the RRC connection release message, and saves the context of the UE. Specifically, the UE saves the context (suspends the context of the UE), suspends the signaling radio bearer (SRB) and data radio bearer (DRB) with the eNB, and the UE enters RRC idle state.
  • SRB signaling radio bearer
  • DRB data radio bearer
  • FIG. 6 shows a schematic flowchart for restoring the RRC connection. As shown in Figure 6:
  • Steps A1 to A3 are the paging process triggered by the downlink data. It is the same as that shown in FIG. 4, and the specific description can refer to the description of steps A1 to A3 in FIG. 4. For the sake of brevity, details are not repeated here.
  • Steps S301 and S302 are the same as steps S101 and S102 shown in FIG. 4. For specific descriptions, reference may be made to the description of steps S101 and S102 in FIG. 4. For brevity, details are not repeated here.
  • the UE sends an RRC connection resume request (RRC connection Resume Request) to the eNB, and the RRC connection resume request can be regarded as Msg3.
  • the RRC connection recovery request is used to request the eNB to recover the RRC connection.
  • the RRC connection recovery request carries a Resume ID, a resume cause, and a truncated message authentication code (short resume message authentication code of integrity, short Resume MAC-I) used for integrity protection of the RRC connection recovery process.
  • the Resume ID is used to identify the context of the suspended UE
  • Resume Cause is used to indicate the reason for the UE to resume the connection, including emergency call (emergency), high priority access (high Priority Access), called (mt-Access), calling signaling (mo-Signalling), calling data (mo-Data), delay tolerance access (delayTolerant Access), calling voice (mo-Voice Call), etc.
  • Short Resume MAC-I is used to protect the integrity of Msg3 (RRC connection Resume Request) to prevent Msg3 from being tampered with.
  • the eNB sends an RRC connection Resume (RRC connection Resume) message to the UE to restore the context of the UE, which carries the next hop chaining count (NCC) and measurement configuration (measConfig) used to derive the security key. ), dedicated radio resource configuration (radioResourceConfigDedicated), etc.
  • RRC connection Resume RRC connection Resume
  • NCC next hop chaining count
  • measConfig measurement configuration
  • radioResourceConfigDedicated dedicated radio resource configuration
  • the UE receives the RRC connection recovery message and restores the context of the UE. Specifically, it includes the recovery of SRB and DRB bearers, and the recovery of access stream (AS) layer security context. Then the UE enters the RRC connected state.
  • RRC connection recovery message restores the context of the UE. Specifically, it includes the recovery of SRB and DRB bearers, and the recovery of access stream (AS) layer security context. Then the UE enters the RRC connected state.
  • RRC Connection Resume Complete RRC Connection Resume Complete
  • S307 The eNB requests the MME to restore the UE context.
  • the S-GW can send the downlink data to the eNB, and then the eNB to the UE.
  • the UE may also send uplink data to the S-GW through the eNB.
  • steps S307 to S309 shown in FIG. 6 are the same as the steps shown in S110 to S114 shown in FIG. 4, and the specific description can refer to the description of S110 to S114 in FIG. 4. For brevity, the details are not repeated here.
  • the UE When the UE does not send uplink data or receive downlink data, it enters the RRC idle state through a release process (for example, the suspension process shown in FIG. 5).
  • the eNB that the UE sends the RRC connection Resume Request is not the eNB that suspends the UE, that is, the eNB shown in FIG. 5 and the eNB shown in FIG. 6 are not the same eNB.
  • the UE moves from the eNB (denoted by old eNB) shown in FIG. 5 to the cell of the eNB (denoted by new eNB) shown in FIG. 6, it can follow the schematic diagram of restoring the RRC connection shown in FIG.
  • the flowchart restores the RRC connection.
  • the old base station (old eNB) is the eNB that suspends the UE context
  • the new base station new eNB
  • the method includes:
  • Steps A1 to A3 are the paging process triggered by the downlink data. It is the same as the corresponding steps shown in FIG. 4, and the specific description can refer to the description of steps A1 to A3 in FIG. 4. For brevity, details are not repeated here.
  • Steps S401 and S402 are the same as steps S101 and S102 shown in FIG. 4, except that the interaction with the eNB is all new eNB.
  • steps S101 and S102 in FIG. 4.
  • steps S101 and S102 in FIG. 4.
  • the UE sends an RRC connection resume request (RRC connection Resume Request) to the new eNB, and the RRC connection resume request can be regarded as msg3.
  • the RRC connection recovery request is used to request the new eNB to resume the RRC connection.
  • the RRC connection recovery request carries a Resume ID, a resume cause, and a truncated message authentication code (short resume message authentication code of integrity, short Resume MAC-I) used for integrity protection of the RRC connection recovery process.
  • the new eNB sends a Retrieve UE context request (Retrieve UE context request) to the old eNB through the X2-AP interface to request the UE context, which carries the resume ID, and X2-AP is the communication interface between the base station and the base station.
  • the old eNB sends a UE context recovery response (Retrieve UE context response) to the new eNB through the X2-AP interface, which carries the UE context.
  • the old eNB can obtain the UE context through the resume ID.
  • the new eNB sends an RRC connection recovery message to the UE for recovering the context of the UE, which carries the NCC used to derive the security key.
  • S407 After the UE receives the RRC connection recovery message, it recovers the context of the UE, including the recovery of SRB and DRB bearers, and the establishment of AS layer security context. Then the UE enters the RRC connected state.
  • S408 The UE sends an RRC Connection Resume Complete message to the new eNB to notify the new eNB that the RRC connection has been restored.
  • S410 The MME and the S-GW exchange a bearer modification message.
  • S411 The MME sends a path switch response message to the new eNB.
  • S412 The new eNB instructs the old eNB to release the UE context.
  • the S-GW can send the downlink data to the new eNB, and send it to the UE through the new eNB.
  • the UE may also send uplink data to the S-GW through the new eNB.
  • the UE When the UE does not send uplink data or receive downlink data, it enters the RRC idle state through a release process (for example, the suspension process shown in FIG. 5).
  • the downlink data is transmitted through the S-GW->eNB->UE process, and this data transmission method is called a user plane (UP) solution (UP Solution). Another solution corresponding to this is the control plane (CP) solution (CP Solution).
  • the downlink data of the CP solution is transmitted through the S-GW->MME->eNB->UE process, which is transmitted in the RRC Connection
  • the Setup Complete message can carry uplink data.
  • the eNB can use a downlink information transmission (DL Information Tranfer) to carry downlink data to the UE. If there is no data afterwards, the UE context is released through the release procedure.
  • DL Information Tranfer downlink information transmission
  • the downlink data is forwarded through the MME, the messages exchanged between the UE and the MME can be called NAS messages, the downlink data is exchanged with the UE through the NAS messages, and the downlink data is transmitted at the NAS layer during the NAS layer transmission. Encryption, so no security context at the AS layer is required.
  • EDT early data transmission
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic method flowchart of the data early transmission method under the UP scheme, and the method includes:
  • Steps A1 to A3 are the paging process triggered by the downlink data. It is the same as the corresponding steps shown in FIG. 4, and the specific description can refer to the description of steps A1 to A3 in FIG. 4. For brevity, details are not repeated here.
  • the UE sends a random access preamble (Preamble) to the eNB, where the random access preamble is used to indicate to the eNB that the UE will send uplink data at Msg3.
  • the random access preamble is broadcasted by the eNB to all UEs through a broadcast message.
  • the UE that needs to initiate the random access process is broadcast from the eNB to indicate that a preamble is randomly selected among the several preambles used by Msg3 to send uplink data.
  • a resource is randomly selected to send the Preamble selected by the UE to the eNB.
  • the time-frequency resource for sending the Preamble broadcast by the eNB is used to indicate the time-frequency resource for sending uplink data in Msg3, and the UE selects this resource to send the Preamble.
  • S502 When the eNB detects a certain Preamble used to indicate the sending of uplink data on Msg3, or when the eNB indicates to detect a certain Preamble on the random access time-frequency resource for sending uplink data on Msg3, the eNB confirms that the UE has sent it. Preamble and indicates to send uplink data in Msg3, then the eNB sends RAR to the UE, which is the process of sending Msg2.
  • the RAR contains the TA and UL Grant for the UE to send Msg3.
  • UL Grant indicates a larger TBS, for example, it can transmit MAC PDUs of less than 1000 bits.
  • the UE After the UE receives the RAR sent by the eNB, it uses the corresponding TA and UL Grant to send the Msg3 to the eNB, which includes the RRC message and uplink data.
  • the RRC message is an RRC connection Resume Request (RRC connection Resume Request).
  • the RRC connection establishment request message carries the Resume ID, the resume cause (resume cause), and the short Resume MAC-I.
  • the RRC message is carried on a common control channel (CCCH), and uplink data is carried on a dedicated traffic channel (DTCH).
  • CCCH common control channel
  • DTCH dedicated traffic channel
  • the MAC SDUs on the two channels are multiplexed at the MAC layer to form a MAC PDU.
  • the uplink data needs to be encrypted with a key, which is derived by an NCC, and the NCC can be carried in the RRC connection release (RRC connection Release) message previously sent by the eNB to the UE.
  • S504 The eNB requests the MME to resume the context of the UE (UE Context Resume Request).
  • the MME sends a resume response message (UE Context Resume Response) to the eNB.
  • UE Context Resume Response UE Context Resume Response
  • the eNB After receiving the response message sent by the MME, the eNB sends uplink data to the S-GW.
  • the S-GW has downlink data that needs to be sent to the UE, the downlink data can be sent to the eNB.
  • S509 After the eNB finishes sending the uplink data to the S-GW, if it does not receive the downlink data, it requests the MME to suspend the context of the UE. If downlink data is received, it also requests the MME to suspend the UE context. In addition, the MME and the S-GW exchange bearer modification messages.
  • the eNB sends an RRC Connection Release message to the UE, the message is carried on a dedicated control channel (dedicated control channel, DCCH), and the message carries a release cause, resume ID, and NCC. If the eNB has UE downlink data, which is carried on the DTCH, the eNB multiplexes the downlink data with the RRC Connection Release message, that is, sends the downlink data together with the RRC Connection Release message to the UE.
  • DCCH dedicated control channel
  • the UE is always in the IDLE state and has not entered the RRC connected state. After the data packet is transmitted between the UE and the eNB, the eNB can suspend the context of the UE.
  • Figure 8 shows the main flow of the UP scheme.
  • the main flow of the CP scheme’s early data transmission will be described below in conjunction with Figure 9.
  • Figure 9 shows the main flow of the CP scheme’s early data transmission.
  • Steps A1 to A3 are the paging process triggered by the downlink data. It is the same as the corresponding steps shown in FIG. 4, and the specific description can refer to the description of steps A1 to A3 in FIG. 4. For brevity, details are not repeated here.
  • S601 and S602 are the same as the above-mentioned steps S501 and S502.
  • S501 and S502 are the same as the above-mentioned steps S501 and S502.
  • S501 and S502 are the same as the above-mentioned steps S501 and S502.
  • S501 and S502 are the same as the above-mentioned steps S501 and S502.
  • FIG. 8 For specific descriptions, reference may be made to the description of S501 and S502 in FIG. 8. For the sake of brevity, details are not repeated here.
  • S603 The UE sends an RRC Early Data Request (RRC Early Data Request) to the eNB, which carries the S-TMSI, the establishment cause, and the dedicated Info NAS (dedicated Info NAS).
  • RRC Early Data Request RRC Early Data Request
  • S-TMSI is used to identify the UE
  • establishment Cause is used to indicate the reason for initiating the request
  • dedicated Info NAS is used to carry NAS messages, which carry uplink data, that is, the uplink data sent by the UE is encapsulated in the form of NAS messages at the NAS layer
  • Do not use security protection at the AS layer just use the NAS layer security. Therefore, there is no issue of NCC and AS security keys in the CP scheme.
  • the eNB sends an Initial UE message (Initial UE message) to the MME, which carries non-access stratum information (NAS message) including uplink data.
  • Initial UE message Initial UE message
  • NAS message non-access stratum information
  • S605 The MME and the S-GW exchange bearer modification.
  • the MME sends uplink data to the S-GW.
  • S607 If the S-GW has downlink data, the S-GW sends the downlink data to the MME.
  • the MME sends a NAS message containing the downlink data to the eNB.
  • the MME may indicate the size of the downlink data to the eNB.
  • the eNB sends an RRC Early Data Complete (RRC Early Data Complete) message to the UE, which may carry a NAS message, and the NAS message carries downlink data.
  • RRC Early Data Complete RRC Early Data Complete
  • the UE is always in the IDLE state and has not entered the RRC connected state. After the data packet is transmitted between the UE and the eNB, the eNB will release the UE.
  • the eNB sends downlink data to the UE after Msg3.
  • the eNB will obtain the resume ID through Msg3, obtain the UE context through the Resume ID, and use the UE context
  • the security information in encrypts the downstream data.
  • the core network side has the downlink data of the terminal equipment arriving, and the data volume of the downlink data is small.
  • the uplink data can be used to transmit early after Msg3.
  • the access network equipment uses Msg4 to transfer The downlink data is sent to the terminal equipment.
  • the terminal device needs to go through Msg1, Msg2, and Msg3 before it can receive the downlink data sent by the eNB.
  • the transmission efficiency is still not high.
  • the downlink data is sent before Msg3, in the UP scheme, because the eNB does not have a resume ID, the context of the UE cannot be obtained, and the downlink data cannot be secured, and the eNB lacks the context of the UE (such as the configuration of the access layer AS, etc. ) Unable to perform data transmission on the air interface, which will seriously affect the security and reliability of downlink data transmission, seriously affect the efficiency of data transmission, and reduce communication quality.
  • this application provides a method for information transmission.
  • the eNB notifies the core network device of the relevant information about the context of the suspended UE, so that when the core network device has downlink data from the UE, the core network device can Notify the eNB of the relevant information about the context of the UE, so that when the eNB receives the downlink data, the eNB can obtain the context of the UE according to the relevant information of the context, and then send the downlink data according to the context of the UE To the UE.
  • the embodiment of this application realizes early transmission of downlink data. For example, the downlink data can be sent to the UE before Msg4 or Msg3, which saves excessive power overhead caused by sending downlink data and improves communication efficiency.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic interaction diagram of an information transmission method 700 according to an embodiment of this application.
  • the method 700 can be applied to the scenarios shown in FIGS. 1 to 9 Of course, it can also be applied in other communication scenarios, and the embodiments of the present application are not limited herein.
  • the terminal device, the first access network device, and the core network device are used as an example to execute the execution methods of the respective embodiments to describe the methods of the respective embodiments.
  • the first access network device may be the aforementioned access network device, for example, it may be an eNB, a gNB, or the like.
  • the core network equipment may be S-GW, or MME, or SMF, or AMF or UPF, and so on.
  • the terminal device may be the above-mentioned terminal device, for example, UE.
  • the execution subject of the execution method may also be a chip applied to the terminal device and a chip applied to the first access network device and the core network device.
  • the method 700 shown in FIG. 10 may include step S710 to step S740.
  • the steps in the method 700 are described in detail below with reference to FIG. 10.
  • the core network device determines the first information.
  • the first information is used by the first access network device to determine the context of the terminal device, or the first information is used to identify the context of the terminal device.
  • the context may be used by the first access network device to send downlink data to the terminal device. Optionally, the context is suspended or deactivated.
  • the core network device sends the first information to the first access network device.
  • the first access network device receives the first information from the core network device.
  • the first access network device determines the context according to the first information.
  • the first access network device sends the downlink data to the terminal device according to the context.
  • the terminal device receives the downlink data.
  • the core network device determines first information, and the first information is used by the first access network device to determine the context (UE context) of the terminal device, and the context is used for the first access network.
  • the device sends downlink data to the terminal device.
  • the context of the terminal device may include the resource configuration information, encryption algorithm, key, and capability information of the terminal device of the terminal device.
  • the context of the terminal device is suspended or inactive. That is, the first access network device releases the RRC connection with the terminal device, but does not release the context of the terminal device.
  • the first access network device and the terminal device are in an RRC idle state or an RRC inactive state, but both the first access network device and the terminal device save the context of the terminal device.
  • the first access network device sends downlink data to the terminal device, it can use the context to send downlink data to the terminal device.
  • the core network device When the core network device has downlink data of the terminal device, in S720, the core network device sends the first information to the first access network device. Correspondingly, the first access network device receives the first information from the core network device.
  • the first access network device may send a UE context recovery request to the core network device for requesting to restore the context of the terminal device.
  • the UE context recovery response may be sent to the first access network device to instruct the first access network device to recover the UE context.
  • the first access network device may determine (restore) the context according to the first information (or the restore UE context response sent by the core network device). Since the context is suspended, determining the context can be understood as restoring or activating the context, and the context is in a state that can be used after restoration or activation. After the context is suspended, the context is only stored and cannot be used when sending downlink data.
  • the method 700 may further include: the core network device sending downlink data to the first access network device.
  • the first access network device may send the downlink data to the terminal device according to the context when receiving the downlink data of the terminal device sent by the core network device according to the context. For example, the first access network device may determine the time-frequency resource and transmission power for sending the downlink data, coding mode, configuration of the access layer AS, and air interface for sending the downlink data according to the context. The first access network device sends the downlink data to the terminal device according to the context, reducing terminal power consumption overhead caused by sending the downlink data, and improving the efficiency and reliability of downlink data sending.
  • step S710 and/or step S730 in the method 700 may be optional steps.
  • the core network device notifies the first access network device of the first information used for the first access network device to determine the context of the terminal device. Among them, the context of the terminal device has been suspended.
  • the first access network device may determine (restore or activate) the context of the terminal device according to the first information, so that when receiving downlink data sent by the core network device, it may send the downlink data to the terminal device according to the context.
  • the downlink data can be sent to the terminal device earlier.
  • the downlink data can be sent to the terminal device before Msg4 or Msg3, which reduces the power consumption overhead of the terminal receiving downlink data and improves the efficiency and reliability of downlink data transmission. Improve communication efficiency.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic interaction diagram of an information transmission method in some embodiments of the present application.
  • the context includes a security context.
  • step S740 of the method shown in FIG. 10 the first access network device sending the downlink data to the terminal device according to the context includes:
  • the first access network device encrypts and/or integrity protects the downlink data according to the security context.
  • the first access network device sends the encrypted and/or integrity-protected downlink data to the terminal device.
  • steps S710 to S730 shown in FIG. 11 reference may be made to the description of steps S710 to S730 in FIG. 10, which is not repeated here for brevity.
  • the context of the terminal device includes a security context.
  • the security context is mainly used by the first access network device to encrypt and/or integrity protect the downlink data that needs to be sent to the terminal device, to ensure the security and integrity of the downlink data transmission Sex.
  • the aforementioned step S740 may further include steps S741 and S742.
  • the first access network device encrypts and/or integrity protects the downlink data according to the security context.
  • the key K UPint in the security context can be used to protect the integrity of the downlink data
  • the NCC in the security context can be used to determine or derive a new security key
  • the new security key can be used to encrypt the downlink data.
  • the first access network device may send the encrypted and/or integrity-protected downlink data to the terminal device.
  • the downlink data is encrypted and/or integrity protected by using the security context, and then the encrypted and/or integrity protected downlink data is sent to the terminal device, which can improve the security and reliability of downlink data transmission It further improves the guarantee of downlink data transmission.
  • the first access network device may send the downlink data to the terminal device according to the context.
  • the first access network device may send the downlink data to the terminal device in the following four ways.
  • the first type the first access network device may send a paging message to the terminal device, and the paging message includes the downlink data.
  • the paging message may be A3 paging in the process shown in FIG. 4.
  • a paging message (Uu paging) sent by the first access network device to the terminal device through the Uu interface, and the paging message carries the downlink data.
  • the paging message further includes second indication information, and the second indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to restore or activate the context.
  • Restoring or activating the context may include SRB, DRB bearer restoration, and AS layer security context establishment.
  • the downlink data can be received according to the context, for example, the security information in the context can be used to decrypt the downlink data.
  • the paging message is equivalent to the second information received by the terminal device from the first access network device. In this implementation manner, by carrying the downlink data in the paging message and sending it to the terminal device together, the signaling overhead can be reduced and the resource utilization efficiency can be improved.
  • the first access network device does not send a paging message (Uu paging) to the terminal device, but instead sends scheduling information to the terminal device when the paging message is sent.
  • the scheduling information is used To instruct the terminal equipment to receive the downlink data, optionally, the scheduling information may include the time-frequency resource location of the downlink data and related transmission parameters.
  • the scheduling information further includes second indication information, and the second indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to restore or activate the context.
  • Restoring or activating the context may include SRB, DRB bearer restoration, and AS layer security context establishment.
  • the scheduling information is equivalent to the second information received by the terminal device from the first access network device. After the terminal device restores the context, the terminal device receives the downlink data according to the context. For example, the security information in the context can be used to decrypt the downlink data.
  • the first access network device sends the scheduling information to the terminal device
  • the first access network device may send the downlink data to the terminal device according to the context.
  • the terminal device receives the downlink data, and further, can use the security information in the context to decrypt the downlink data.
  • the third type the first access network device sends a paging message (Uu paging) to the terminal device.
  • the paging message includes scheduling information.
  • the scheduling information is used to schedule downlink data.
  • the scheduling information is used to instruct the terminal device to receive
  • the downlink data optionally, the scheduling information may include the time-frequency resource location of the downlink data and related transmission parameters.
  • the paging message further includes second indication information, and the second indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to restore or activate the context.
  • the paging message is equivalent to the second information received by the terminal device from the first access network device.
  • the first access network device can send the downlink data to the terminal device according to the context.
  • the terminal device receives the downlink data, and further, can use the security information in the context to decrypt the downlink data.
  • the fourth type the first access network device sends a paging message (Uu paging) to the terminal device, the paging message includes the configuration information of the first resource, and the first resource is used by the terminal device to send a paging message to the first access network device.
  • Send a downlink data request
  • the first resource may be PRACH time-frequency resource and/or Preamble resource.
  • the downlink data request may be an implicit indication.
  • the terminal device indicates the downlink data request by sending a Preamble to the first access network device.
  • the paging message further includes second indication information, and the second indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to restore or activate the context.
  • the paging message is equivalent to the second information received by the terminal device from the first access network device.
  • the second indication information may be an implicit indication. For example, if the paging message includes the configuration information of the first resource, it implicitly instructs the terminal device to restore or activate the context. Then, when the terminal device receives the paging message, if the paging message contains the configuration information of the first resource, the terminal device sends a downlink data request to the first access network device. At the same time, the terminal device restores or activates the context. The first access network device sends downlink data to the terminal device according to the received downlink data request.
  • the second information sent by the first access network device to the terminal device may be the paging message, and the paging message also includes scheduling information, and the scheduling information is used to schedule the downlink data, or,
  • the second information may be scheduling information, and the scheduling information is used to schedule the downlink data.
  • the second information includes second indication information, and the second indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to restore the context of the terminal device.
  • the first access network device may also use other methods to send the downlink data to the terminal device. For example, the first access network device may first send a paging message to the terminal device, and the paging message is also used to instruct the terminal device to restore or activate the context. Then the first access network device may send scheduling information to the terminal device, where the scheduling information is used to schedule the downlink data. Finally, the first access network device can send the downlink data to the terminal device.
  • the embodiments of the application are not limited here.
  • the first information includes:
  • the first identifier of the terminal device and the context, where the first identifier is allocated by the core network device or,
  • the first information includes a second identifier of the terminal device, the second identifier is allocated by the first access network device, and the second identifier is used to identify the context; or,
  • the first information includes the second identifier of the terminal device and the context.
  • the first information is used by the first access network device to determine the context of the terminal device.
  • the first information includes the first identifier of the terminal device and the context.
  • the first identifier of the terminal device may be the S-TMSI or IMSI of the terminal device.
  • S-TMSI is an ID assigned by the core network device to identify the terminal device.
  • the IMSI is stored in the subscriber identity module (SIM) card of the terminal device.
  • SIM subscriber identity module
  • the context belongs to the terminal device, and the context corresponds to the first identifier.
  • the first access network device can determine the terminal device, and the first access network device may be the access network device that suspends the context , Or it may not be the access network device that suspends the context.
  • the first access network device When the first access network device is the access network device that suspends the context, the first access network device itself stores the context.
  • the first access network device is not the access network device that suspends the context, the first access network device itself does not store the context.
  • the context can be obtained or determined according to the first information.
  • the second identifier is allocated by the first access network device, and the second identifier is used to identify the context.
  • the second identifier may be a resume ID.
  • the first access network device is the access network device that suspends the context
  • the first access network device itself stores the context.
  • the first access network device may obtain the context according to the second identifier.
  • the first access network device is not the access network device that suspends the context
  • the first access network device itself does not store the context.
  • the first access network device can use the resume ID to request the context from the access network device that has suspended the context, and the first access network device can obtain the context from the access network device that has suspended the context.
  • suspending or resuming the context may also be referred to as suspending or resuming the RRC connection of the terminal device.
  • the context can be obtained or determined according to the first information .
  • the above-mentioned content included in the first information should not limit the content included in the first information.
  • the first information may also include other content used by the first access network device to determine the context.
  • the first information may also include the first identifier, the second identifier, and the context. The embodiments of the application are not limited here.
  • the first information further includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate that the downlink data will trigger the terminal device to send uplink data, and the downlink data will not trigger The terminal device sends uplink data, and the downlink data only includes at least one of a data packet.
  • the core network device when the core network device has downlink data of the terminal device that needs to be transmitted, the core network device sends the first information to the first access network device.
  • the first information may also include the first indication information, which is used to indicate that the downlink data will trigger the terminal device to send uplink data, the downlink data will not trigger the terminal device to send uplink data, the The downlink data only includes at least one of a data packet.
  • the first indication information may indicate one or more of the following four types of information:
  • the downlink data has only one data packet
  • the size of the downstream data packet (size) is less than a threshold
  • the downlink data packet will trigger the uplink data.
  • the downlink data including only one data packet can be regarded as the data volume of the downlink data.
  • the first indication information may also be used to indicate the data amount of the downlink data, and the data amount may be the size of the downlink data, for example, the number of data packets included in the downlink data, the size of each data packet, and the like. In this application, there is no restriction on the specific representation form of the data volume of the downlink data.
  • the core network device notifies the first access network device by carrying relevant information about the downlink data in the first information, so that the first access network device obtains information about the downlink data and obtains the information of the terminal device according to the first information.
  • Context in order to realize the early transmission of downlink data, and improve the efficiency of the downlink data transmission.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic interaction diagram of an information transmission method in some embodiments of the present application.
  • the method 700 includes:
  • the first access network device sends a first request to the core network device, where the first request is used to request to suspend or deactivate the context, the first request includes third information, and the third information is used for the first request.
  • An access network device determines the context of the terminal device; correspondingly, the core network device receives the first request.
  • the core network device sends a first response message in response to the first request to the first access network device, where the first response message is used to instruct the first access network device to suspend or deactivate the context.
  • the first access network device receives a first response message in response to the first request from the core network device.
  • the first access network device suspends or deactivates the context of the terminal device according to the first response message.
  • the first access network device sends third instruction information to the terminal device, where the third instruction information is used to instruct to suspend or deactivate the context of the terminal device. Accordingly, the terminal device receives from the first terminal device. The network access device receives the third indication information.
  • S709 The terminal device suspends or deactivates the context of the terminal device according to the third indication information.
  • steps S710 to S740 shown in FIG. 12 reference may be made to the description of steps S710 to S740 in FIG. 10 and FIG. 11. For brevity, details are not repeated here.
  • the first access network device decides to suspend the context of the terminal. For example, when the first access network device determines that the terminal device has no uplink and downlink data, the first access network device decides Suspend the context of this terminal. Suspending the context of the terminal can be understood as the first access network device releasing the RRC connection with the terminal device, and the first access network device saves the context.
  • the first access network device sends a first request to the core network device, the first request is used to request suspension or deactivation of the context, the first request includes third information, and the third information is used for the first access
  • the network device determines the context of the terminal device.
  • the third information may include the first identifier and the context, or the third information may include the second identifier of the terminal device and the context, or the third information may include the second identifier of the terminal device. It should be understood that the foregoing first information may include the third information. Alternatively, the aforementioned first information may be the same as the third information, that is, the content included in the first information and the content included in the third information are the same. Alternatively, the third information may include the aforementioned first information.
  • the first request may be the UE context suspend request.
  • the core network device may send a first response message in response to the first request to the first access network device, where the first response message is used to indicate The first access network device suspends or deactivates the context.
  • the first response message may be a UE context suspend response message.
  • the first access network device suspends or deactivates the context of the terminal device according to the first response message. For example, the first access network device releases the RRC connection with the terminal device, but does not release the context.
  • the first access network device sends third instruction information to the terminal device, where the third instruction information is used to instruct to suspend or deactivate the terminal device Of that context.
  • the third indication information may be RRC Connection Release, or the third indication information may be the suspend indication in release cause in the RRC Connection Release message, or the third indication information may include the above-mentioned first information and instructions for the terminal device
  • the indication information of suspending the context, or the third indication information includes the above suspend indication and the Resume ID.
  • the terminal device suspends or deactivates the context of the terminal device according to the third instruction information. Specifically, the terminal device releases the RRC connection with the first access network device, saves the context, and suspends the signaling radio bearer SRB and data radio bearer DRB with the first access network device.
  • the core network device may perform the above steps S710 and S720, and the first access network device may perform The above steps S730 and S740 realize the transmission of downlink data.
  • steps S705 to S709 are steps of suspending or deactivating the context.
  • the process of suspending or deactivating the context can be performed before step S710.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic interaction diagram of the information transmission method in some embodiments of the present application.
  • steps S705 to S705 can be executed.
  • S709 For example, after step S740, when the downlink data is sent, the first access network device determines that the terminal device does not have uplink and downlink data, and may perform steps S705 to S709.
  • the embodiments of the application are not limited here.
  • the third indication information sent in step S708 and the downlink data sent in step S740 may be sent to the terminal device in the same signaling.
  • the first access network device may send third information to the terminal device.
  • the third information includes the third indication information and downlink data.
  • the terminal device After the terminal device receives the third information, it may first receive the downlink data according to the context. For data, after the downlink data is received, the context is suspended or deactivated.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic interaction diagram of a method for suspending the context of a terminal device in some embodiments of the present application.
  • step The steps of suspending or deactivating the context shown in S705 to S709 may not depend on the steps of restoring the up and down shown in steps S710 to S740.
  • Steps S705 to S709 can be performed separately. For example, no matter whether there is downlink data transmission after S709, or whether context recovery and downlink data transmission are performed before S705, when the first access network device determines that the terminal device does not currently have uplink and downlink data, step S705 is executed. To S709.
  • the first access network device is the access network that suspends the context as an example for description.
  • the access network device that suspends the context is still It may be another access network device (for distinguishing, the second access network device is taken as an example for description).
  • the first access network device needs to request the second access device The context.
  • the first access network device may send a resume UE context request (Retrieve UE context request) to the second access network device through the X2-AP interface to request the context, and the resume context request carries a resume ID.
  • the second access network device sends a Retrieve UE context response (Retrieve UE context response) to the first access network device through the X2-AP interface, which carries the context.
  • the second access network device can obtain the context through the resume ID.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic interaction diagram of suspending the context in some embodiments of the present application.
  • the core network equipment includes the MME and the S-GW
  • the terminal equipment takes the UE as an example
  • the first access network equipment takes the eNB as an example for illustration.
  • the eNB decides to suspend the context of the UE. For example, when the eNB determines that the UE does not have uplink and downlink data, the eNB decides to suspend the context of the UE.
  • the eNB allocates a resume ID for the UE, and the resume ID is used to identify the context of the UE.
  • Suspending the context of the UE can be understood as the eNB releasing the RRC connection with the UE, but the eNB does not release the context of the UE, but saves the context of the UE.
  • the eNB requests the MME to suspend the UE (Suspend). For example, the eNB sends a UE context suspend request (UE context suspend request) to the MME, requesting to release the RRC connection with the UE, but the eNB does not release the UE context .
  • the UE context suspension request is equivalent to the first request in step S705, and the UE context suspension request includes the resume ID of the UE.
  • the UE context suspension request includes the first identifier and the context, or includes the UE context, or includes the resume ID and the context.
  • the first identifier may be the S-TMSI or IMSI of the UE.
  • the MME can save the resume ID and/or the context.
  • the MME and the S-GW interact to release access bearers (release access bearers) information.
  • the MME sends a UE context suspend response (UE context suspend response) to the eNB.
  • the UE context suspension response is equivalent to the first response message in step S707.
  • the eNB receives the UE context suspension response from the MME, the eNB is allowed to suspend the UE context, and the eNB suspends the UE context at this time.
  • the eNB sends an RRC connection release (RRC connection Release) message to the UE, and indicates in the message to suspend the context of the UE.
  • RRC connection release message may be equivalent to the third indication information in step S708.
  • the RRC connection release message carries a resume ID, and the resume ID is used to identify the context of the UE.
  • the UE releases the RRC connection of the UE according to the RRC connection release message, and saves the context of the UE. Specifically, the UE saves the context (or referred to as suspending the context of the UE), suspends the SRB and DRB with the eNB, and the UE enters the RRC idle state.
  • the resume ID may be carried in the UE context suspend request information for paging.
  • the recommended cell and base station information Information on Recommended Cells and eNBs for Paging
  • the resume ID may also be carried in the UE context suspend request information and the cell identifier and coverage enhancement level (Cell Identifier and Coverage Enhancement Level) fields, that is, the Cell Identifier and Coverage Enhancement Level information includes the resume ID.
  • Cell Identifier and Coverage Enhancement Level Cell Identifier and Coverage Enhancement Level
  • the eNB saves the Security Context to the UE Context (UE Context), and deletes any saved unused ⁇ NH, NCC ⁇ .
  • Security Context provides security-related parameters for deriving security keys, which include Next-Hop (NH) and Next Hop Chaining Count (NCC).
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic interaction diagram of restoring the context in some embodiments of the present application.
  • the core network equipment includes MME and S-GW.
  • the terminal device is illustrated by taking the UE as an example.
  • the first access network device is the access network device that sends a paging message to the UE
  • the second access network device is the access network device that suspends the context of the UE.
  • the second access network device is the eNB shown in FIG. 15.
  • the steps shown in FIG. 16 may be performed after the steps shown in FIG. 15. In other possible implementation manners, the steps shown in FIG. 16 may be performed before the steps shown in FIG. 15.
  • the method includes:
  • the S-GW sends a downlink data notification message (downlink data notification) to the MME, indicating that downlink data of the UE has arrived.
  • the S-GW also sends first indication information to the MME, where the first indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following four types of information:
  • the downlink data has only one data packet (single packet);
  • the size of the data packet of the downlink data is less than a threshold
  • the downlink data packet will not trigger the uplink data
  • This downstream data packet will trigger upstream data.
  • the first indication information may be included in the downlink data notification message.
  • the S-GW also sends downlink data to the MME.
  • the MME sends a Paging message (denoted as S1 Paging) to the first access network device according to the received downlink data notification message, and the S1 Paging message includes the Resume ID.
  • the S1 Paging message includes the first identifier of the UE and the context, or the S1 Paging message includes the Resume ID of the UE and the context.
  • the first identifier may be the S-TMSI or IMSI of the UE.
  • S1 Paging may also include the foregoing first indication information.
  • the MME may include the downlink data in S1 Paging, that is, the S1 Paging includes the downlink data.
  • the MME may save the downlink data, and send the downlink data to the first access network device after the S1 Paging message.
  • the S1 Paging message may carry indication information used to indicate CP-DL-EDT or UP-DL-EDT, and the indication information is used to instruct the MME to recommend or suggest that the first access network device uses the CP scheme and/or UP Scheme to send downlink data.
  • the Resume ID in the S1 Paging message may be carried in the field used to carry the S-TMSI of the UE in the S1 Paging message, that is, the S-TMSI is not carried in the S1 Paging message.
  • the S-TMSI and the Resume ID are carried in the S1 Paging message.
  • the first access network device determines, according to the Resume ID carried in the received S1 Paging message, whether to save the context of the UE identified by the Resume ID.
  • the first access network device determines that the context of the UE is not saved, for example, the first access network device is not the access network device that suspends the context of the UE, assuming the second access The network device is an access network device that suspends the context of the UE, and the first access network device needs to perform steps S904 and S905.
  • the first access network device sends a Retrieve UE Context Request (Retrieve UE Context Request) to the second access network device indicated by the Resume ID.
  • the Retrieve UE Context Request may also include indication information used to instruct the second access network device not to perform MAC-I verification.
  • the second access network device sends a UE context recovery response (Retrieve UE context response) to the first access network through the X2-AP interface, which carries the context of the UE.
  • the second access network device can obtain the context of the UE through the resume ID.
  • steps S904 and S905 do not need to be performed, and after S903, steps S906 to S913 are directly performed.
  • step S901 does not carry downlink data
  • steps S906 to S909 need to be executed.
  • step S901 carries downlink data
  • steps S906 to S909 do not need to be performed.
  • steps S910 to S913 are directly executed, or S911 to S913 are directly executed.
  • the first access network device requests a path switch (path switch) from the MME.
  • S908 The MME sends a path switch response message to the first access network device.
  • the S-GW sends downlink data to the first access network device.
  • the first access network device may send the UE Context release to the second access network device to indicate the second access network device.
  • the network access device releases the context of the UE.
  • the first access network device After the first access network device receives the downlink data sent from the S-GW or the MME, the first access network device activates or restores the context of the UE, and the first access network device sends Uu Paging to the UE.
  • Uu Paging may include indication information used to instruct the terminal device to receive downlink data.
  • the indication information can be a display indication or an implicit indication.
  • the way of displaying the indication for example, the Uu Paging message contains 1 bit to indicate that the terminal device receives downlink data.
  • the Uu Paging message may include radio network temporary identifier (RNTI) and/or physical random access channel (PRACH) resources related to receiving downlink data. parameter. After receiving the parameters related to the received downlink data, the terminal device can learn that downlink data will arrive.
  • RNTI radio network temporary identifier
  • PRACH physical random access channel
  • the first access network device acquires the context of the UE, or when it receives downlink data from the S-GW, or when it receives a paging message from the MME, or,
  • the first access network device learns that downlink data has arrived, or when the first access network device receives an indication of early transmission of downlink data, or when the first access network device receives the first information
  • the first access network device The device restores the UE context and activates the security context in the UE context. If the first access network device receives the downlink data sent from the S-GW or MME, the first access network device uses the activated UE security information (security context) to encrypt the downlink data.
  • security context security information
  • the UE restores or activates the context according to the Uu Paging message. Specifically, the UE restores the SRB and DRB configuration, and activates security information (security context).
  • the Uu Paging message includes the Resume ID.
  • the Uu Paging message may also include the identification of the terminal device.
  • the Uu Paging message carries an RNTI for receiving downlink early transmission data.
  • the Uu Paging message carries time-frequency resource configuration for early transmission of downlink data.
  • the UE restores or activates the context according to the Uu Paging message, which may specifically include one of the following methods:
  • the UE restores or activates the context
  • the UE restores or activates the context.
  • S913 The UE receives downlink data sent by the first access network device.
  • the UE uses the security context to decrypt the downlink data.
  • step S913 is not required.
  • the first access network device determines that the terminal device has no uplink and downlink data, it may also perform the suspension shown in FIG. 15 Steps in the context of the UE.
  • the embodiments of the application are not limited here.
  • the core network device notifies the first access network device of first information for the first access network device to determine the context of the terminal device, and the first access network device may Information, determine (restore or activate) the context of the terminal device, so that when the downlink data sent by the core network device is received, the downlink data can be sent to the terminal device according to the context, so that the downlink data can be sent to the terminal device earlier (For example, the downlink data can be sent to the terminal device before Msg4 or Msg3), which improves the efficiency and reliability of downlink data transmission, thereby improving communication efficiency.
  • the first, the second, etc. are only used to indicate that multiple objects are different.
  • the first access network device and the second access network device are only used to indicate different access network devices. It should not have any influence on the access network equipment itself, and the above-mentioned first, second, etc. should not cause any limitation to the embodiments of the present application.
  • pre-set and pre-defined can be pre-stored in the equipment (for example, including terminal equipment and access network equipment) by pre-saving corresponding codes, tables or other information that can be used to indicate related This application does not limit the specific implementation method.
  • FIG. 17 shows a schematic block diagram of a communication device 1000 according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the device 1000 may correspond to the first access network device described in the foregoing method 700 to method 900, or may be applied to the first access network device
  • the chip or component of the device 1000, and each module or unit in the device 1000 is used to execute each action or process performed by the first access network device in the above method 700 to method 900.
  • the device 1000 It may include a transceiving unit 1010 and a processing unit 1020.
  • the transceiver unit 1010 is configured to perform specific signal transceiver under the driving of the processing unit 1020.
  • the transceiver unit 1010 is configured to receive first information from a core network device, the first information is used by the communication device to determine the context of the terminal device, and the context is used by the communication device to send downlink data to the terminal device; wherein the context is Pending
  • the processing unit 1020 is configured to determine the context according to the first information
  • the transceiver unit 1010 is further configured to: according to the context, send the downlink data to the terminal device.
  • the core network device notifies the communication device of the first information used for the communication device to determine the context of the terminal device. Among them, the context of the terminal device has been suspended.
  • the communication apparatus can determine (restore or activate) the context of the terminal device according to the first information, so that when receiving downlink data sent by the core network device, it can send the downlink data to the terminal device according to the context.
  • the downlink data can be sent to the terminal device earlier.
  • the downlink data can be sent to the terminal device before Msg4 or Msg3, which reduces the power consumption overhead of the terminal receiving downlink data and improves the efficiency and reliability of downlink data transmission. Improve communication efficiency.
  • the context includes a security context; the processing unit 1020 is specifically configured to: perform encryption and/or integrity protection on the downlink data according to the security context; the transceiver unit 1010 is further configured to: Send the encrypted and/or integrity-protected downlink data to the terminal device.
  • the transceiver unit 1010 is specifically configured to: according to the context, send second information to the terminal device, where the second information includes the downlink data.
  • the transceiver unit 1010 is specifically configured to: send second information to the terminal device at the paging occasion of sending a paging message, and the second information is used to schedule the downlink data; or , Sending second information to the terminal device, where the second information includes scheduling information, and the scheduling information is used to schedule the downlink data.
  • the second information is the paging message
  • the paging message further includes scheduling information
  • the scheduling information is used to schedule the downlink data
  • the second information is scheduling Information
  • the scheduling information is used to schedule the downlink data.
  • the first information includes a first identifier of the terminal device and the context, and the first identifier is allocated by the core network device; or, the first information includes the terminal device
  • the second identifier is assigned by the communication device, and the second identifier is used to identify the context; or, the first information includes the second identifier of the terminal device and the context.
  • the transceiver unit 1010 is further configured to send a first request to the core network device, where the first request is used to request suspension or deactivation of the context, and the first request includes the first request.
  • the third information is used by the communication device to determine the context of the terminal device; a first response message in response to the first request is received from the core network device, and the first response message is used to instruct the communication device to suspend Or deactivate the context of the terminal device; the processing unit 1020 is further configured to: suspend or deactivate the context of the terminal device according to the first response message.
  • the third information includes the first identifier of the terminal device and the context, and the first identifier is allocated by the core network device; or, the third information includes the terminal device's A second identifier, where the second identifier is allocated by the first access network device, and the second identifier is used to identify the context; or, the third information includes the second identifier of the terminal device and the context.
  • the first information further includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate that the downlink data will trigger the terminal device to send uplink data, and the downlink data will not trigger
  • the terminal device sends uplink data and the downlink data only includes at least one of a data packet.
  • the first identifier is the system architecture evolution temporary mobile equipment identifier S-TMSI or the international mobile subscriber identity IMSI of the terminal device; the second identifier is the recovery of the terminal device Identifies the resume ID.
  • the device 1000 may further include a storage unit 1030.
  • the transceiver unit 1010 may be a transceiver or an input/output interface or an interface circuit or the like.
  • the storage unit 1030 is used to store instructions executed by the transceiver unit 1010 and the processing unit 1020.
  • the transceiving unit 1010, the processing unit 1020, and the storage unit 1030 are coupled to each other.
  • the storage unit 1030 stores instructions.
  • the processing unit 1020 is used to execute the instructions stored in the storage unit 1030.
  • the transceiving unit 1010 is used to perform specific signal transceiving under the driving of the processing unit 1020. .
  • the transceiving unit 1010 may include a receiving unit (module) and a sending unit (module), which are used to execute each embodiment of the foregoing method 700 to method 900 and the first access in the embodiments shown in FIG. 10 to FIG. The steps of network equipment or eNB receiving information and sending information.
  • a receiving unit module
  • a sending unit module
  • the transceiver unit 1010 may be a transceiver, an input/output interface, or an interface circuit.
  • the storage unit 1030 may be a memory.
  • the processing unit 1010 may be implemented by a processor. As shown in FIG. 18, the communication device 1100 may include a processor 1110, a memory 1120, and a transceiver 1130.
  • the communication device 1000 shown in FIG. 17 or the communication device 1100 shown in FIG. 18 can implement various embodiments of the foregoing method 700 to method 900 and the execution performed by the first access network device in the embodiments shown in FIG. 10 to FIG. 16 step.
  • the description in the corresponding method please refer to the description in the corresponding method. To avoid repetition, I won’t repeat them here.
  • the communication apparatus 1000 shown in FIG. 17 or the communication apparatus 1100 shown in FIG. 18 may be an access network device.
  • FIG. 19 shows a schematic block diagram of a communication device 1200 according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the device 1200 may correspond to the core network equipment described in the foregoing methods 700 to 900, or may be a chip or component applied to the core network equipment, and , Each module or unit in the device 1200 is used to execute each action or processing procedure performed by the core network device in the above method 700 to method 900, as shown in FIG. 19, the device 1200 may include a processing unit 1210 and a transceiver unit 1220 .
  • the transceiver unit 1220 is configured to perform specific signal transceiver under the driving of the processing unit 1210.
  • the processing unit 1210 is configured to determine first information, where the first information is used by the first access network device to determine the context of the terminal device, and the context is used by the first access network device to send downlink data to the terminal device, where: The context is pending;
  • the transceiver unit 1220 is configured to send the first information to the first access network device.
  • the communication device provided in this application notifies the communication device of the context related information of the suspended terminal device through the access network device, so that when the communication device has downlink data of the terminal device, the communication device can use the terminal
  • the context related information of the device is notified to the access network device, so that when the access network device receives the downlink data, the access network device can obtain the context of the terminal device according to the context related information, and then according to the context Send the downlink data to the terminal device.
  • the downlink data can be sent to the terminal device before Msg4 or Msg3, which reduces the power consumption of the terminal receiving downlink data, improves the efficiency and reliability of downlink data transmission, and thereby improves communication efficiency.
  • the first information includes the first identifier of the terminal device and the context, and the first identifier is allocated by the communication device; or, the first information includes the terminal device's A second identifier, where the second identifier is allocated by the first access network device, and the second identifier is used to identify the context; or, the first information includes the second identifier of the terminal device and the context.
  • the transceiver unit 1220 is further configured to: receive a first request from the first access network device, where the first request is used to request suspension or deactivation of the context, and the second A request includes third information, and the third information is used by the first access network device to determine the context of the terminal device; and a first response message in response to the first request is sent to the first access network device.
  • a response message is used to instruct the first access network device to suspend or deactivate the context.
  • the third information includes the first identifier of the terminal device and the context, and the first identifier is allocated by the core network device; or, the third information includes the terminal device's A second identifier, where the second identifier is allocated by the first access network device, and the second identifier is used to identify the context; or, the third information includes the second identifier of the terminal device and the context.
  • the first information further includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate that the downlink data will trigger the terminal device to send uplink data, and the downlink data will not trigger The terminal device sends uplink data, and the downlink data only includes at least one of a data packet.
  • the first identifier is the system architecture evolution temporary mobile equipment identifier S-TMSI or the international mobile subscriber identity IMSI of the terminal device; the second identifier is the recovery of the terminal device Identifies the resume ID.
  • the transceiving unit 1220 may include a receiving unit (module) and a sending unit (module), which are used to execute each embodiment of the aforementioned method 700 to method 900 and the access network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 10 to FIG. 16 The steps of receiving and sending information.
  • the communication device 1200 may further include a storage unit 1230 for storing instructions executed by the processing unit 1210 and the transceiver unit 1220.
  • the processing unit 1210, the transceiving unit 1220, and the storage unit 1230 are in communication connection.
  • the storage unit 1230 stores instructions.
  • the processing unit 1210 is used to execute the instructions stored in the storage unit 1230.
  • the transceiving unit 1220 is used to perform specific signal transceiving under the driving of the processing unit 1210. .
  • the transceiver unit 1220 may be a transceiver, an input/output interface, or an interface circuit.
  • the storage unit 1230 may be a memory.
  • the processing unit 1210 may be implemented by a processor. As shown in FIG. 20, the communication device 1300 may include a processor 1310, a memory 1320, and a transceiver 1330.
  • the communication device 1200 shown in FIG. 19 or the communication device 1300 shown in FIG. 20 can implement various embodiments of the aforementioned method 700 to method 900 and the steps performed by the core network device in the embodiments shown in FIG. 10 to FIG. 19.
  • the communication apparatus 1200 shown in FIG. 19 or the communication apparatus 1300 shown in FIG. 20 may be a core network device.
  • the core network equipment may be S-GW, or MME, or SMF, or AMF, or UPF, or the like.
  • FIG. 21 shows a schematic block diagram of a communication device 1400 according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the device 1400 may correspond to the terminal device described in the above method 700 to method 900, or may be a chip or component applied to the terminal device, and Each module or unit in the apparatus 1400 is respectively used to execute each action or processing procedure performed by the terminal device in the foregoing method 700 to method 900.
  • the apparatus 1400 may include a transceiver unit 1410 and a processing unit 1420 and 1420.
  • the transceiving unit 1410 is configured to perform specific signal transceiving under the driving of the processing unit 1420.
  • the transceiver unit 1410 is configured to receive second information from a first access network device, the second information includes second indication information, and the second indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to restore the context of the terminal device, wherein the context Is pending
  • the processing unit 1420 is configured to restore the context according to the second information
  • the transceiver unit 1410 is further configured to receive downlink data from the first access network device according to the restored context.
  • the communication device provided by the present application can restore the context according to the second information sent by the access network device, and receive the downlink data sent by the access network device according to the restored context section, so that the downlink data can be sent to
  • the communication device for example, the communication device may receive the downlink data before Msg4 or Msg3 according to the context, thereby reducing the power consumption of the communication device for receiving downlink data, and improving the efficiency and reliability of downlink data transmission, thereby improving Communication efficiency.
  • the context includes a security context
  • the processing unit 1420 is further configured to: according to the security context in the context, perform processing on the downlink data received from the first access network device Decrypt.
  • the second information is a paging message
  • the paging message includes the downlink data
  • the transceiving unit 1410 is specifically configured to: receive the second information from the first access network device at the paging timing of receiving the paging message, and the second information further includes scheduling Information, the scheduling information is used to schedule the downlink data.
  • the second information is a paging message
  • the paging message further includes scheduling information
  • the scheduling information is used to schedule the downlink data.
  • the second information is scheduling information
  • the scheduling information is used to schedule the downlink data.
  • the second information is a paging message
  • the paging message further includes scheduling information
  • the scheduling information is used to schedule the downlink data.
  • the transceiving unit 1420 may include a receiving unit (module) and a sending unit (module), which are used to execute each embodiment of the foregoing method 700 to method 900 and the access network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 10 to FIG. 16 The steps of receiving and sending information.
  • the communication device 1400 may further include a storage unit 1430 configured to store instructions executed by the processing unit 1410 and the transceiver unit 1420.
  • the processing unit 1410, the transceiving unit 1420 and the storage unit 1430 are in communication connection.
  • the storage unit 1430 stores instructions.
  • the processing unit 1410 is used to execute the instructions stored in the storage unit 1430.
  • the transceiving unit 1420 is used to perform specific signal transceiving under the driving of the processing unit 1410. .
  • the transceiver unit 1420 may be a transceiver, an input/output interface, or an interface circuit.
  • the storage unit 1430 may be a memory.
  • the processing unit 1410 may be implemented by a processor. As shown in FIG. 22, the communication device 1500 may include a processor 1510, a memory 1520, and a transceiver 1530.
  • the communication device 1400 shown in FIG. 21 or the communication device 1500 shown in FIG. 22 can implement various embodiments of the foregoing method 700 to method 900 and the steps performed by the terminal device in the embodiments shown in FIG. 10 to FIG. 19.
  • the communication device 1400 shown in FIG. 21 or the communication device 1500 shown in FIG. 22 may be a terminal device.
  • FIG. 23 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device 1700 provided by this application.
  • the foregoing apparatus 1400 or 1500 may be configured in the terminal device 1700, or the apparatus 1400 or 1500 itself may be the terminal device 1700.
  • the terminal device 1700 can execute the actions performed by the terminal device in the foregoing methods 700 to 900.
  • FIG. 23 only shows the main components of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device 1700 includes a processor, a memory, a control circuit, an antenna, and an input and output device.
  • the processor is mainly used to process the communication protocol and communication data, and to control the entire terminal device, execute the software program, and process the data of the software program, for example, to support the terminal device to execute the above-mentioned transmission precoding matrix instruction method embodiment The described action.
  • the memory is mainly used to store software programs and data, for example, to store the codebook described in the above embodiments.
  • the control circuit is mainly used for the conversion of baseband signal and radio frequency signal and the processing of radio frequency signal.
  • the control circuit and the antenna together can also be called a transceiver, which is mainly used to send and receive radio frequency signals in the form of electromagnetic waves.
  • Input and output devices such as touch screens, display screens, and keyboards, are mainly used to receive data input by users and output data to users.
  • the processor can read the software program in the storage unit, interpret and execute the instructions of the software program, and process the data of the software program.
  • the processor performs baseband processing on the data to be sent and outputs the baseband signal to the radio frequency circuit.
  • the radio frequency circuit performs radio frequency processing on the baseband signal and then sends the radio frequency signal to the outside in the form of electromagnetic waves through the antenna.
  • the radio frequency circuit receives the radio frequency signal through the antenna, converts the radio frequency signal into a baseband signal, and outputs the baseband signal to the processor, and the processor converts the baseband signal into data and processes the data.
  • FIG. 23 only shows a memory and a processor. In actual terminal devices, there may be multiple processors and memories.
  • the memory may also be referred to as a storage medium or a storage device, etc., which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the processor may include a baseband processor and a central processing unit.
  • the baseband processor is mainly used to process communication protocols and communication data.
  • the central processing unit is mainly used to control the entire terminal device, execute software programs, and process software programs. data.
  • the processor in FIG. 23 integrates the functions of the baseband processor and the central processing unit.
  • the baseband processor and the central processing unit may also be independent processors and are interconnected by technologies such as buses.
  • the terminal device may include multiple baseband processors to adapt to different network standards, the terminal device may include multiple central processors to enhance its processing capabilities, and various components of the terminal device may be connected through various buses.
  • the baseband processor can also be expressed as a baseband processing circuit or a baseband processing chip.
  • the central processing unit can also be expressed as a central processing circuit or a central processing chip.
  • the function of processing the communication protocol and communication data can be built in the processor, or can be stored in the storage unit in the form of a software program, and the processor executes the software program to realize the baseband processing function.
  • the antenna and control circuit with the transceiving function can be regarded as the transceiving unit 1701 of the terminal device 1700
  • the processor with the processing function can be regarded as the processing unit 1702 of the terminal device 1700.
  • the terminal device 1700 includes a transceiving unit 1701 and a processing unit 1702.
  • the transceiver unit may also be called a transceiver, a transceiver, a transceiver, and so on.
  • the device for implementing the receiving function in the transceiving unit 1701 can be regarded as the receiving unit, and the device for implementing the sending function in the transceiving unit 1701 as the sending unit, that is, the transceiving unit 1701 includes a receiving unit and a sending unit.
  • the receiving unit may also be called a receiver, a receiver, a receiving circuit, etc.
  • the sending unit may be called a transmitter, a transmitter, or a transmitting circuit, etc.
  • FIG. 24 is a schematic structural diagram of an access network device 1800 provided by an embodiment of the application, which may be used to implement the functions of the access network device in the foregoing method.
  • the access network equipment 1800 includes one or more radio frequency units, such as a remote radio unit (RRU) 1801 and one or more baseband units (BBU) (also referred to as digital units, digital units, DU) 1802.
  • RRU 1801 may be called a transceiver unit, a transceiver, a transceiver circuit, or a transceiver, etc., and it may include at least one antenna 18011 and a radio frequency unit 18012.
  • the RRU 1801 part is mainly used for the transmission and reception of radio frequency signals and the conversion between radio frequency signals and baseband signals, for example, for sending the signaling message in the foregoing embodiment to the terminal device.
  • the 1802 part of the BBU is mainly used for baseband processing and control of the base station.
  • the RRU 1801 and the BBU 1802 may be physically set together, or may be physically separated, that is, a distributed base station.
  • the BBU 1802 is the control center of the base station, and can also be called a processing unit, which is mainly used to complete baseband processing functions, such as channel coding, multiplexing, modulation, and spreading.
  • the BBU (processing unit) 1802 may be used to control the base station 180 to execute the operation procedure of the access network device in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the BBU 1802 can be composed of one or more single boards, and multiple single boards can jointly support a radio access network of a single access standard (such as an LTE system or a 5G system), and can also support different connections. Enter the standard wireless access network.
  • the BBU 1802 also includes a memory 18021 and a processor 18022.
  • the memory 18021 is used to store necessary instructions and data.
  • the memory 18021 stores the codebook in the above-mentioned embodiment and the like.
  • the processor 18022 is configured to control the base station to perform necessary actions, for example, to control the base station to execute the operation procedure of the access network device in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the memory 18021 and the processor 18022 may serve one or more boards. In other words, the memory and the processor can be set separately on each board. It can also be that multiple boards share the same memory and processor. In addition, necessary circuits can be provided on each board.
  • SoC system-on-chip
  • all or part of the functions of part 1802 and part 1801 can be implemented by SoC technology, for example, a base station function chip Realization, the base station function chip integrates a processor, a memory, an antenna interface and other devices, the program of the base station related functions is stored in the memory, and the processor executes the program to realize the related functions of the base station.
  • the base station function chip can also read a memory external to the chip to implement related functions of the base station.
  • FIG. 24 It should be understood that the structure of the access network device illustrated in FIG. 24 is only a possible form, and should not constitute any limitation in the embodiment of the present application. This application does not exclude the possibility of other base station structures that may appear in the future.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a communication system, which includes the aforementioned access network equipment, core network equipment, and terminal equipment.
  • the processor may be a central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU), and the processor may also be other general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (digital signal processors, DSP), and dedicated integration Circuit (application specific integrated circuit, ASIC), ready-made programmable gate array (field programmable gate array, FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gates or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, etc.
  • the general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may also be any conventional processor or the like.
  • the memory in the embodiments of the present application may be volatile memory or non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory.
  • the non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (ROM), programmable read-only memory (programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), and electrically available Erase programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory.
  • the volatile memory may be random access memory (RAM), which is used as an external cache.
  • RAM random access memory
  • static random access memory static random access memory
  • DRAM dynamic random access memory
  • DRAM synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • Access memory synchronous DRAM, SDRAM
  • double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM
  • enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM
  • synchronous connection dynamic random access memory Take memory (synchlink DRAM, SLDRAM) and direct memory bus random access memory (direct rambus RAM, DR RAM).
  • the foregoing embodiments may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware or any other combination.
  • the above-mentioned embodiments may be implemented in the form of a computer program product in whole or in part.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions or computer programs.
  • the computer can be a general purpose computer, a dedicated computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices.
  • the computer instruction may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium, or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium.
  • the computer instruction may be transmitted from a website, computer, server, or data center through a cable (Such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) to another website site, computer, server or data center.
  • the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server or a data center that includes one or more sets of available media.
  • the usable medium may be a magnetic medium (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape), an optical medium (for example, a DVD), or a semiconductor medium.
  • the semiconductor medium may be a solid state drive.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a communication system, which includes: the aforementioned terminal device, the aforementioned access network device, and the aforementioned core network device.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable medium for storing computer program code.
  • the computer program includes instructions for executing the information transmission method of the foregoing method 700 to method 900 in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the readable medium may be read-only memory (ROM) or random access memory (RAM), which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the computer program product includes instructions. When the instructions are executed, the terminal device, the access network device, and the core network device respectively execute the terminal device and the interface corresponding to the above method. Operation of network access equipment and core network equipment.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a system chip.
  • the system chip includes a processing unit and a communication unit.
  • the processing unit may be, for example, a processor, and the communication unit may be, for example, an input/output interface, a pin, or a circuit.
  • the processing unit can execute computer instructions so that the chip in the communication device executes any of the information transmission methods provided in the foregoing embodiments of the present application.
  • any one of the communication devices provided in the foregoing embodiments of the present application may include the system chip.
  • the computer instructions are stored in a storage unit.
  • the storage unit is a storage unit in the chip, such as a register, a cache, etc.
  • the storage unit can also be a storage unit in the terminal located outside the chip, such as a ROM or other storage units that can store static information and instructions. Types of static storage devices, RAM, etc.
  • the processor mentioned in any one of the above may be a CPU, a microprocessor, an ASIC, or one or more integrated circuits used to control the program execution of the feedback information transmission method described above.
  • the processing unit and the storage unit can be decoupled, respectively set on different physical devices, and connected in a wired or wireless manner to realize the respective functions of the processing unit and the storage unit, so as to support the system chip to implement the above embodiments Various functions in.
  • the processing unit and the memory may also be coupled to the same device.
  • the memory in the embodiments of the present application may be volatile memory or non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory.
  • the non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (ROM), programmable read-only memory (programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), and electrically available Erase programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory.
  • the volatile memory may be random access memory (RAM), which is used as an external cache.
  • RAM random access memory
  • static random access memory static random access memory
  • DRAM dynamic random access memory
  • DRAM synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • Access memory synchronous DRAM, SDRAM
  • double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM
  • enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM
  • synchronous connection dynamic random access memory Take memory (synchlink DRAM, SLDRAM) and direct memory bus random access memory (direct rambus RAM, DR RAM).
  • system and "network” in this article are often used interchangeably in this article.
  • and/or in this article is only an association relationship describing the associated objects, which means that there can be three relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A alone exists, A and B exist at the same time, exist alone B these three situations.
  • the character "/" in this text generally indicates that the associated objects before and after are in an "or” relationship.
  • uplink and downlink appearing in this application are used to describe the direction of data/information transmission in a specific scenario.
  • the "uplink” direction generally refers to the direction or distribution of data/information from the terminal to the network side.
  • the “downlink” direction generally refers to the direction in which data/information is transmitted from the network side to the terminal, or the direction from the centralized unit to the distributed unit.
  • uplink and downlink” “It is only used to describe the direction of data/information transmission.
  • the specific start and end equipment of the data/information transmission is not limited.
  • the disclosed system, device, and method may be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiment described above is only illustrative.
  • the division of the unit is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods.
  • multiple units or components may be combined or may be Integrate into another system, or some features can be ignored or not implemented.
  • the displayed or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the unit described as a separate component may or may not be physically separated, and the component displayed as a unit may or may not be a physical unit, that is, it may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units . Some or all of the units can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of the embodiment.
  • the functional units in the various embodiments of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist alone physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the function is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a computer readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of this application essentially or the part that contributes to the existing technology or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to make a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) execute all or part of the steps of the method described in each embodiment of the present application.
  • the aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (ROM), and random access.

Abstract

Provided in the present application are an information transmission method and a communication device. The method comprises: a first access network device receiving first information from a core network device, wherein the first information is used for the first access network device to determine a context of a terminal device; the context is used for the first access network device to send downlink data to the terminal device; and the context is suspended; the first access network device determining the context according to the first information; and the first access network device sending the downlink data to the terminal device according to the context. According to the information transmission method provided in the present application, the core network device notifies the first access network device of first information used for the first access network device to determine the context of the terminal device. The first access network device can restore the context of the terminal device according to the first information, so that when the downlink data sent by the core network device is received, the downlink data can be sent to the terminal device according to the context. The downlink data can be sent to the terminal device earlier, thereby reducing the power consumption overheads for the terminal device to receive the downlink data, and improving the efficiency and reliability of downlink data transmission, and thus improving communication efficiency.

Description

信息传输的方法和通信装置Information transmission method and communication device 技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及通信领域,更为具体的,涉及一种信息传输的方法和通信装置。This application relates to the field of communications, and more specifically, to a method and communication device for information transmission.
背景技术Background technique
目前的数据早传的用户面方案中,接入网设备是在Msg3之后向终端设备发送下行数据的。接入网设备会根据Msg3获取终端设备的上下文,利用终端设备的上下文向该终端设备发送来自于核心网设备的下行数据。例如,接入网设备使用终端设备的上下文中的安全信息对下行数据进行加密。然后将加密后的下行数据发送给终端设备。对于下行小数据的场景,例如,核心网设备有终端设备的下行数据到达,且下行数据的数据量较小,如果还是在Msg3之后向终端设备发送下行数据,由于终端设备需要经过复杂的信令交互过程,例如,需要经过Msg1、Msg2、Msg3,之后接入网设备才可以向终端设备发送该下行数据,上下行信令交互较多,使得下行数据的传输功耗较大,严重影响了下行数据传输的效率。因此,如何提高下行数据的传输效率成为目前亟需解决的问题。In the current user plane solution for early data transmission, the access network device sends downlink data to the terminal device after Msg3. The access network device will obtain the context of the terminal device according to Msg3, and use the context of the terminal device to send downlink data from the core network device to the terminal device. For example, the access network device uses the security information in the context of the terminal device to encrypt the downlink data. Then the encrypted downlink data is sent to the terminal device. For the scenario of small downlink data, for example, the core network device has the downlink data of the terminal device arrives, and the data volume of the downlink data is small, if the downlink data is still sent to the terminal device after Msg3, the terminal device needs to go through complicated signaling The interaction process, for example, needs to go through Msg1, Msg2, Msg3, and then the access network device can send the downlink data to the terminal device. There are more uplink and downlink signaling interactions, which makes the transmission power consumption of downlink data larger, which seriously affects the downlink The efficiency of data transmission. Therefore, how to improve the transmission efficiency of downlink data has become an urgent problem to be solved at present.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请提供一种信息传输方法,减少了终端接收下行数据的功耗开销,提高了下行数据发送的效率和可靠性,从而提高通信效率。The present application provides an information transmission method, which reduces the power consumption overhead of the terminal receiving downlink data, improves the efficiency and reliability of downlink data transmission, and thereby improves communication efficiency.
第一方面,提供了一种信息传输的方法,该方法的执行主体既可以是接入网设备也可以是应用于接入网设备的芯片。该方法包括:第一接入网设备从核心网设备接收第一信息,该第一信息用于该第一接入网设备确定终端设备的上下文,该上下文用于该第一接入网设备向该终端设备发送下行数据;其中,该上下文是挂起的;该第一接入网设备根据该第一信息,确定该上下文;该第一接入网设备根据该上下文,向该终端设备发送该下行数据。In the first aspect, a method for information transmission is provided, and the execution subject of the method can be either an access network device or a chip applied to the access network device. The method includes: a first access network device receives first information from a core network device, the first information is used by the first access network device to determine the context of the terminal device, and the context is used by the first access network device The terminal device sends downlink data; wherein the context is suspended; the first access network device determines the context according to the first information; the first access network device sends the context to the terminal device according to the context Downlink data.
第一方面提供的信息传输的方法,核心网设备将用于该第一接入网设备确定终端设备的上下文的第一信息通知给该第一接入网设备。其中,该终端设备的上下文是已经被挂起的。该第一接入网设备可以根据该第一信息,确定(恢复或者激活)终端设备的上下文,从而在接收到核心网设备发送的下行数据时,可以根据该上下文,向终端设备发送该下行数据。可以实现下行数据较早的发送到终端设备,例如,下行数据可以在Msg4之前或者Msg3之前发送给终端设备,减少终端接收下行数据的功耗开销,提高了下行数据发送的效率和可靠性,从而提高通信效率。In the information transmission method provided in the first aspect, the core network device notifies the first access network device of first information used for the first access network device to determine the context of the terminal device. Among them, the context of the terminal device has been suspended. The first access network device may determine (restore or activate) the context of the terminal device according to the first information, so that when receiving downlink data sent by the core network device, it may send the downlink data to the terminal device according to the context . The downlink data can be sent to the terminal device earlier. For example, the downlink data can be sent to the terminal device before Msg4 or Msg3, which reduces the power consumption overhead of the terminal receiving downlink data and improves the efficiency and reliability of downlink data transmission. Improve communication efficiency.
在第一方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该上下文包括安全上下文;该第一接入网设备根据该上下文,向该终端设备发送该下行数据,包括:该第一接入网设备根据该安全上下文对该下行数据进行加密和/或完整性保护;该第一接入网设备向该终端设备发送加密和/或完整性保护后的该下行数据。在该实现方式中,通过利用安全上下文对下行数据进行加密和/或完整性保护,然后将经过加密和/或完整性保护的下行数据发送给终端设备,可以 提高下行数据传输的安全性和可靠性,进一步的提高下行数据传输的保障。In a possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the context includes a security context; the first access network device sending the downlink data to the terminal device according to the context includes: the first access network device according to the The security context encrypts and/or integrity protects the downlink data; the first access network device sends the encrypted and/or integrity protected downlink data to the terminal device. In this implementation, by using the security context to encrypt and/or integrity protect the downlink data, and then send the encrypted and/or integrity protected downlink data to the terminal device, the security and reliability of the downlink data transmission can be improved It further improves the guarantee of downlink data transmission.
在第一方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该第一接入网设备根据该上下文,向该终端设备发送该下行数据,包括:该第一接入网设备根据该上下文,向该终端设备发送第二信息,该第二信息包括该下行数据。In a possible implementation of the first aspect, the first access network device sending the downlink data to the terminal device according to the context includes: the first access network device sending the downlink data to the terminal device according to the context Send second information, where the second information includes the downlink data.
在第一方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:该第一接入网设备在发送寻呼消息的寻呼时机向该终端设备发送第二信息,该第二信息用于调度该下行数据;或者,该第一接入网设备向该终端设备发送第二信息,该第二信息包括调度信息,该调度信息用于调度该下行数据。In a possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the method further includes: the first access network device sends second information to the terminal device at a paging time when the paging message is sent, and the second information is used for scheduling The downlink data; or, the first access network device sends second information to the terminal device, the second information includes scheduling information, and the scheduling information is used to schedule the downlink data.
在第一方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该第二信息为该寻呼消息,该寻呼消息还包括调度信息,该调度信息用于调度该下行数据,或者,该第二信息为调度信息,该调度信息用于调度该下行数据。In a possible implementation of the first aspect, the second information is the paging message, the paging message further includes scheduling information, and the scheduling information is used to schedule the downlink data, or the second information is scheduling Information, the scheduling information is used to schedule the downlink data.
在第一方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该第一信息包括该终端设备的第一标识和该上下文,该第一标识由该核心网设备分配;或者,该第一信息包括该终端设备的第二标识,该第二标识由该第一接入网设备分配,该第二标识用于标识该上下文;或者,该第一信息包括该终端设备的第二标识和该上下文。In a possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the first information includes a first identifier of the terminal device and the context, and the first identifier is allocated by the core network device; or, the first information includes the terminal device The second identifier of the terminal device is assigned by the first access network device, and the second identifier is used to identify the context; or, the first information includes the second identifier of the terminal device and the context.
在第一方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:该第一接入网设备向该核心网设备发送第一请求,该第一请求用于请求挂起或去激活该上下文,该第一请求包括第三信息,该第三信息用于该第一接入网设备确定该终端设备的上下文;该第一接入网设备从该核心网设备接收响应于该第一请求的第一响应消息,该第一响应消息用于指示该第一接入网设备挂起或去激活该终端设备的该上下文;该第一接入网设备根据该第一响应消息,挂起或去激活该终端设备的该上下文。在该实现方式中,通过第一接入网设备在挂起该终端设备的上下文时将该上下文的相关信息通知给核心网设备,从而在核心网设备有终端设备的下行数据时,该核心网设备可以将该终端设备的上下文的相关信息通知给接入网设备,以实现对下行数据的早传,提高了该下行数据传输的效率。In a possible implementation of the first aspect, the method further includes: the first access network device sends a first request to the core network device, where the first request is used to request suspension or deactivation of the context, The first request includes third information, and the third information is used by the first access network device to determine the context of the terminal device; the first access network device receives the first request from the core network device in response to the first request A response message, the first response message is used to instruct the first access network device to suspend or deactivate the context of the terminal device; the first access network device suspends or deactivates according to the first response message The context of the terminal device. In this implementation manner, the first access network device notifies the core network device of the context related information when the context of the terminal device is suspended, so that when the core network device has downlink data from the terminal device, the core network device The device can notify the access network device of the related information of the context of the terminal device, so as to realize early transmission of downlink data, and improve the efficiency of the downlink data transmission.
在第一方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该第三信息包括该终端设备的第一标识和该上下文,该第一标识由该核心网设备分配;或者,该第三信息包括该终端设备的第二标识,该第二标识由该第一接入网设备分配,该第二标识用于标识该上下文;或者,该第三信息包括该终端设备的第二标识和该上下文。In a possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the third information includes a first identifier of the terminal device and the context, and the first identifier is allocated by the core network device; or, the third information includes the terminal device The second identifier is assigned by the first access network device, and the second identifier is used to identify the context; or, the third information includes the second identifier of the terminal device and the context.
在第一方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该第一信息还包括第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示该下行数据会触发该终端设备发送上行数据、该下行数据不会触发该终端设备发送上行数据、该下行数据仅包括一个数据包中的至少一个。In a possible implementation of the first aspect, the first information further includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate that the downlink data will trigger the terminal device to send uplink data, and the downlink data will not trigger The terminal device sends uplink data and the downlink data only includes at least one of a data packet.
在第一方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该第一标识为该终端设备的系统架构演进临时移动设备标识S-TMSI或者国际移动用户识别码IMSI;该第二标识为该终端设备的恢复标识resume ID。In a possible implementation of the first aspect, the first identifier is the system architecture evolution temporary mobile equipment identifier S-TMSI or the international mobile subscriber identity IMSI of the terminal device; the second identifier is the recovery of the terminal device Identifies the resume ID.
第二方面,提供了一种信息传输的方法,该方法的执行主体既可以是核心网设备也可以是应用于核心网设备的芯片。该方法包括:核心网设备确定第一信息,该第一信息用于第一接入网设备确定终端设备的上下文,该上下文用于该第一接入网设备向该终端设备发送下行数据,其中,该上下文是挂起的;该核心网设备向该第一接入网设备发送该第一信息。In the second aspect, a method for information transmission is provided, and the execution subject of the method can be either a core network device or a chip applied to the core network device. The method includes: a core network device determines first information, the first information is used by a first access network device to determine a context of a terminal device, and the context is used by the first access network device to send downlink data to the terminal device, where , The context is suspended; the core network device sends the first information to the first access network device.
第二方面提供的信息传输的方法,通过接入网设备将已经被挂起终端设备的上下文的相关信息通知给核心网设备,从而在核心网设备有终端设备的下行数据时,该核心网设备可以将该终端设备的上下文的相关信息通知给接入网设备,从而在该接入网设备接收到该下行数据时,使得该接入网设备可以根据该上下文的相关信息获取该终端设备的上下文,然后根据上下文将该下行数据发送给终端设备。下行数据可以在Msg4之前或者Msg3之前发送给终端设备,减少终端接收下行数据的功耗开销,提高了下行数据发送的效率和可靠性,从而提高通信效率。The information transmission method provided in the second aspect notifies the core network device of relevant information about the context of the suspended terminal device through the access network device, so that when the core network device has downlink data from the terminal device, the core network device The related information of the context of the terminal device can be notified to the access network device, so that when the access network device receives the downlink data, the access network device can obtain the context of the terminal device according to the related information of the context , And then send the downlink data to the terminal device according to the context. The downlink data can be sent to the terminal device before Msg4 or Msg3, which reduces the power consumption of the terminal receiving downlink data, improves the efficiency and reliability of downlink data transmission, and thereby improves communication efficiency.
在第二方面一种可能的实现方式中,该第一信息包括该终端设备的第一标识和该上下文,该第一标识由该核心网设备分配;或者,该第一信息包括该终端设备的第二标识,该第二标识由该第一接入网设备分配,该第二标识用于标识该上下文;或者,该第一信息包括该终端设备的第二标识和该上下文。In a possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the first information includes a first identifier of the terminal device and the context, and the first identifier is allocated by the core network device; or, the first information includes the terminal device's A second identifier, where the second identifier is allocated by the first access network device, and the second identifier is used to identify the context; or, the first information includes the second identifier of the terminal device and the context.
在第二方面一种可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:该核心网设备从该第一接入网设备接收第一请求,该第一请求用于请求挂起或去激活该上下文,该第一请求包括第三信息,该第三信息用于该第一接入网设备确定该终端设备的上下文;该核心网设备向该第一接入网设备发送响应于该第一请求的第一响应消息,该第一响应消息用于指示该第一接入网设备挂起或去激活该上下文。在该实现方式中,通过第一接入网设备在挂起该终端设备的上下时将该上下文的相关信息通知给核心网设备,从而在核心网设备有终端设备的下行数据时,该核心网设备可以将该终端设备的上下文的相关信息通知给接入网设备,以实现对下行数据的早传,提高了该下行数据传输的效率。In a possible implementation of the second aspect, the method further includes: the core network device receives a first request from the first access network device, the first request is used to request to suspend or deactivate the context, the The first request includes third information, which is used by the first access network device to determine the context of the terminal device; the core network device sends the first access network device in response to the first request to the first access network device. A response message, where the first response message is used to instruct the first access network device to suspend or deactivate the context. In this implementation manner, the first access network device notifies the core network device of the context related information when the terminal device is suspended up and down, so that when the core network device has downlink data from the terminal device, the core network device The device can notify the access network device of the related information of the context of the terminal device, so as to realize early transmission of downlink data, and improve the efficiency of the downlink data transmission.
在第二方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该第三信息包括该终端设备的第一标识和该上下文,该第一标识由该核心网设备分配;或者,该第三信息包括该终端设备的第二标识,该第二标识由该第一接入网设备分配,该第二标识用于标识该上下文;或者,该第三信息包括该终端设备的第二标识和该上下文。In a possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the third information includes the first identifier of the terminal device and the context, and the first identifier is allocated by the core network device; or, the third information includes the terminal device The second identifier is assigned by the first access network device, and the second identifier is used to identify the context; or, the third information includes the second identifier of the terminal device and the context.
在第二方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该第一信息还包括第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示该下行数据会触发该终端设备发送上行数据、该下行数据不会触发该终端设备发送上行数据、该下行数据只包括一个数据包中的至少一个。In a possible implementation of the second aspect, the first information further includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate that the downlink data will trigger the terminal device to send uplink data, and the downlink data will not trigger The terminal device sends uplink data, and the downlink data only includes at least one of a data packet.
在第二方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该第一标识为该终端设备的系统架构演进临时移动设备标识S-TMSI或者国际移动用户识别码IMSI;该第二标识为该终端设备的恢复标识resume ID。In a possible implementation of the second aspect, the first identifier is the system architecture evolution temporary mobile equipment identifier S-TMSI or the international mobile subscriber identity IMSI of the terminal device; the second identifier is the recovery of the terminal device Identifies the resume ID.
在第二方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该核心网设备可以为S-GW,或者为MME,或者为SMF,或者为AMF,或者为UPF等。In a possible implementation of the second aspect, the core network device may be an S-GW, or an MME, or an SMF, or an AMF, or a UPF, etc.
第三方面,提供了一种信息传输的方法,该方法的执行主体既可以是终端设备也可以是应用于终端设备的芯片。该方法包括:终端设备从第一接入网设备接收第二信息,该第二信息包括第二指示信息,该第二指示信息用于指示该终端设备恢复该终端设备的上下文,其中,该上下文是挂起的;该终端设备根据该第二信息恢复该上下文;In the third aspect, a method of information transmission is provided, and the execution subject of the method can be a terminal device or a chip applied to the terminal device. The method includes: a terminal device receives second information from a first access network device, the second information includes second indication information, the second indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to restore the context of the terminal device, wherein the context Is suspended; the terminal device restores the context according to the second information;
该终端设备根据恢复后的该上下文,从该第一接入网设备接收下行数据。The terminal device receives downlink data from the first access network device according to the restored context.
第三方面提供的信息传输的方法,该终端设备可以根据接入网设备发送的第二信息恢复上下文,并根据恢复后的上下文节接收接入网设备发送的下行数据,可以实现下行数据较早的发送到该终端设备,例如,终端设备可以根据该上下文,在Msg4之前或者Msg3 之前接收该下行数据,减少该终端设备接收下行数据的功耗开销,提高了下行数据发送的效率和可靠性,从而提高通信效率。According to the information transmission method provided by the third aspect, the terminal device can restore the context according to the second information sent by the access network device, and receive the downlink data sent by the access network device according to the restored context section, which can realize the early downlink data For example, the terminal device can receive the downlink data before Msg4 or Msg3 according to the context, which reduces the power consumption of the terminal device for receiving downlink data, and improves the efficiency and reliability of downlink data transmission. Thereby improving communication efficiency.
在第三方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该上下文包含安全上下文,该方法还包括:该终端设备根据该上下文中的该安全上下文,对从该第一接入网设备接收到的该下行数据进行解密。In a possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the context includes a security context, and the method further includes: the terminal device performs processing on the downlink received from the first access network device according to the security context in the context The data is decrypted.
在第三方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该第二信息为寻呼消息,该寻呼消息包括该下行数据。In a possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the second information is a paging message, and the paging message includes the downlink data.
在第三方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该终端设备从第一接入网设备接收第二信息,包括:该终端设备在接收寻呼消息的寻呼时机从该第一接入网设备接收该第二信息,该第二信息还包括调度信息,该调度信息用于调度该下行数据。In a possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the terminal device receiving the second information from the first access network device includes: the terminal device receives the paging message from the first access network device at the paging time The second information is received, and the second information further includes scheduling information, and the scheduling information is used to schedule the downlink data.
在第三方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该第二信息为寻呼消息,该寻呼消息还包括调度信息,该调度信息用于调度该下行数据,或者,该第二信息为调度信息,该调度信息用于调度该下行数据。In a possible implementation of the third aspect, the second information is a paging message, the paging message further includes scheduling information, the scheduling information is used to schedule the downlink data, or the second information is scheduling information , The scheduling information is used to schedule the downlink data.
第四方面,提供了一种通信装置,包括用于执行上述第一方面至第三方面,或者第一方面至第三方面中的任一方面及其各可能的实现方式中的方法的各步骤的单元。In a fourth aspect, a communication device is provided, which includes steps for executing the methods in the first to third aspects, or any one of the first to third aspects and their possible implementations. Unit.
在一种设计中,该通信装置为通信芯片,通信芯片可以包括用于发送信息或数据的输入电路或者接口,以及用于接收信息或数据的输出电路或者接口。In one design, the communication device is a communication chip, and the communication chip may include an input circuit or interface for sending information or data, and an output circuit or interface for receiving information or data.
在另一种设计中,所述通信装置为通信设备(例如,终端设备或接入网设备或者核心网设备),通信芯片可以包括用于发送信息或数据的发射机,以及用于接收信息或数据的接收机。In another design, the communication device is a communication device (for example, a terminal device or an access network device or a core network device), and the communication chip may include a transmitter for sending information or data, and for receiving information or Data receiver.
第四方面,提供了一种终端设备,包括收发器、处理器和存储器。该处理器用于控制收发器收发信号,该存储器用于存储计算机程序,该处理器用于从存储器中调用并运行该计算机程序,使得该终端设备执行第三方面或第三方面中的任一方面中的各实现方式中的方法。In a fourth aspect, a terminal device is provided, including a transceiver, a processor, and a memory. The processor is used to control the transceiver to send and receive signals, the memory is used to store a computer program, and the processor is used to call and run the computer program from the memory, so that the terminal device executes the third aspect or any of the third aspects. The method in each implementation mode.
可选地,所述处理器为一个或多个,所述存储器为一个或多个。Optionally, there are one or more processors and one or more memories.
可选地,所述存储器可以与所述处理器集成在一起,或者所述存储器与处理器分离设置。Optionally, the memory may be integrated with the processor, or the memory and the processor may be provided separately.
第五方面,提供了一种接入网设备,包括收发器、处理器和存储器。该处理器用于控制收发器收发信号,该存储器用于存储计算机程序,该处理器用于从存储器中调用并运行该计算机程序,使得该接入网设备执行第一方面或第一方面中的任一方面中的各可能的实现方式中的方法。In a fifth aspect, an access network device is provided, including a transceiver, a processor, and a memory. The processor is used to control the transceiver to send and receive signals, the memory is used to store a computer program, and the processor is used to call and run the computer program from the memory, so that the access network device executes the first aspect or any one of the first aspect The method in each possible implementation of the aspect.
可选地,所述处理器为一个或多个,所述存储器为一个或多个。Optionally, there are one or more processors and one or more memories.
可选地,所述存储器可以与所述处理器集成在一起,或者所述存储器与处理器分离设置。Optionally, the memory may be integrated with the processor, or the memory and the processor may be provided separately.
在具体实现过程中,上述处理器可用于进行,例如但不限于,基带相关处理,接收器和发射器可分别用于进行,例如但不限于,射频收发。上述器件可以分别设置在彼此独立的芯片上,也可以至少部分的或者全部的设置在同一块芯片上,例如,接收器和发射器可以设置在彼此独立的接收器芯片和发射器芯片上,也可以整合为收发器继而设置在收发器芯片上。又例如,处理器可以进一步划分为模拟基带处理器和数字基带处理器,其中模拟 基带处理器可以与收发器集成在同一块芯片上,数字基带处理器可以设置在独立的芯片上。随着集成电路技术的不断发展,可以在同一块芯片上集成的器件越来越多,例如,数字基带处理器可以与多种应用处理器(例如但不限于图形处理器,多媒体处理器等)集成在同一块芯片之上。这样的芯片可以称为系统芯片(system on chip)。将各个器件独立设置在不同的芯片上,还是整合设置在一个或者多个芯片上,往往取决于产品设计的具体需要。本申请实施例对上述器件的具体实现形式不做限定。In a specific implementation process, the foregoing processor may be used to perform, for example, but not limited to, baseband related processing, and the receiver and transmitter may be used to perform, for example, but not limited to, radio frequency transceiving. The above-mentioned devices can be arranged on separate chips, or at least partly or completely on the same chip. For example, the receiver and transmitter can be arranged on separate receiver chips and transmitter chips. It can be integrated as a transceiver and then set on the transceiver chip. For another example, the processor can be further divided into an analog baseband processor and a digital baseband processor, where the analog baseband processor can be integrated with the transceiver on the same chip, and the digital baseband processor can be set on a separate chip. With the continuous development of integrated circuit technology, more and more devices can be integrated on the same chip. For example, a digital baseband processor can be combined with a variety of application processors (such as but not limited to graphics processors, multimedia processors, etc.) Integrated on the same chip. Such a chip can be called a system on chip. Whether each device is independently arranged on different chips or integrated on one or more chips often depends on the specific needs of product design. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific implementation form of the foregoing device.
第六方面,提供一种处理器,包括:输入电路、输出电路和处理电路。所述处理电路用于通过所述输入电路接收信号,并通过所述输出电路发射信号,使得所述处理器执行第一方面至第三方面,或第一方面至第三方面中的任一方面中的各实现方式中的方法。In a sixth aspect, a processor is provided, including: an input circuit, an output circuit, and a processing circuit. The processing circuit is configured to receive a signal through the input circuit and transmit a signal through the output circuit, so that the processor executes the first aspect to the third aspect, or any one of the first aspect to the third aspect The method in each implementation in the.
在具体实现过程中,上述处理器可以为芯片,输入电路可以为输入管脚,输出电路可以为输出管脚,处理电路可以为晶体管、门电路、触发器和各种逻辑电路等。输入电路所接收的输入的信号可以是由例如但不限于接收器接收并输入的,输出电路所输出的信号可以是例如但不限于输出给发射器并由发射器发射的,且输入电路和输出电路可以是同一电路,该电路在不同的时刻分别用作输入电路和输出电路。本申请实施例对处理器及各种电路的具体实现方式不做限定。In a specific implementation process, the foregoing processor may be a chip, the input circuit may be an input pin, the output circuit may be an output pin, and the processing circuit may be a transistor, a gate circuit, a flip-flop, and various logic circuits. The input signal received by the input circuit may be received and input by, for example, but not limited to, the receiver, and the signal output by the output circuit may be, for example, but not limited to, output to and transmitted by the transmitter, and the input circuit and output The circuit can be the same circuit, which is used as an input circuit and an output circuit at different times. The embodiments of the present application do not limit the specific implementation manners of the processor and various circuits.
第七方面,提供一种处理装置,包括:存储器和处理器。所述处理器用于读取所述存储器中存储的指令,并可通过接收器接收信号,通过发射器发射信号,以执行第一方面至第三方面,或第一方面至第三方面中的任一方面中的各实现方式中的方法。In a seventh aspect, a processing device is provided, including a memory and a processor. The processor is configured to read instructions stored in the memory, and can receive signals through a receiver and transmit signals through a transmitter to execute any of the first aspect to the third aspect, or the first aspect to the third aspect On the one hand, the methods in each implementation.
可选地,所述处理器为一个或多个,所述存储器为一个或多个。Optionally, there are one or more processors and one or more memories.
可选地,所述存储器可以与所述处理器集成在一起,或者所述存储器与处理器分离设置。Optionally, the memory may be integrated with the processor, or the memory and the processor may be provided separately.
在具体实现过程中,存储器可以为非瞬时性(non-transitory)存储器,例如只读存储器(read only memory,ROM),其可以与处理器集成在同一块芯片上,也可以分别设置在不同的芯片上,本申请实施例对存储器的类型以及存储器与处理器的设置方式不做限定。In the specific implementation process, the memory can be a non-transitory (non-transitory) memory, such as a read only memory (ROM), which can be integrated with the processor on the same chip, or can be set in different On the chip, the embodiment of the present application does not limit the type of memory and the setting mode of the memory and the processor.
第八方面,提供了一种芯片,包括处理器和存储器,该存储器用于存储计算机程序,该处理器用于从存储器中调用并运行该计算机程序,该计算机程序用于实现第一方面至第三方面,或第一方面至第三方面中的任一方面中各实现方式中的方法。In an eighth aspect, a chip is provided, including a processor and a memory, the memory is used to store a computer program, the processor is used to call and run the computer program from the memory, the computer program is used to implement the first to third aspects Aspect, or the method in any one of the first aspect to the third aspect.
第九方面,提供了一种计算机程序产品,所述计算机程序产品包括:计算机程序(也可以称为代码,或指令),当所述计算机程序被运行时,使得计算机执行第一方面至第三方面,或第一方面至第三方面中的任一方面中各实现方式中的方法。In a ninth aspect, a computer program product is provided. The computer program product includes: a computer program (also called code, or instruction), which when the computer program is executed, causes the computer to execute the first to third aspects. Aspect, or the method in any one of the first aspect to the third aspect.
第十方面,提供了一种计算机可读介质,所述计算机可读介质存储有计算机程序(也可以称为代码,或指令)当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行第一方面至第三方面,或第一方面至第三方面中的任一方面中各实现方式中的方法。In a tenth aspect, a computer-readable medium is provided, and the computer-readable medium stores a computer program (also called code, or instruction) when it runs on a computer, so that the computer executes the first to third aspects. Aspect, or the method in any one of the first aspect to the third aspect.
根据本申请提供的方案,实现了下行数据的早传。例如,下行数据可以在Msg4之前或者Msg3之前发送至UE,节省了因发送下行数据而引起的过多功率开销,提高了通信的效率。According to the solution provided in this application, early transmission of downlink data is realized. For example, the downlink data can be sent to the UE before Msg4 or Msg3, which saves excessive power overhead caused by sending downlink data and improves communication efficiency.
附图说明Description of the drawings
图1是适用于本申请实施例的无线通信系统架构的示意性框图。Fig. 1 is a schematic block diagram of a wireless communication system architecture applicable to an embodiment of the present application.
图2是适用于本申请实施例的另一个无线通信系统架构的示意性框图。Fig. 2 is a schematic block diagram of another wireless communication system architecture applicable to an embodiment of the present application.
图3是适用于本申请实施例的另一个无线通信系统架构的示意性框图。Fig. 3 is a schematic block diagram of another wireless communication system architecture applicable to an embodiment of the present application.
图4为接入网设备和终端设备建立连接过程的示意性流程图。Figure 4 is a schematic flow chart of the process of establishing a connection between an access network device and a terminal device.
图5为挂起终端设备的上下文的示意性流程图。Fig. 5 is a schematic flowchart of suspending the context of a terminal device.
图6所示的为一种恢复RRC连接的方法的示意性流程图。Figure 6 shows a schematic flowchart of a method for restoring an RRC connection.
图7所示的为另一种恢复RRC连接的方法的示意性流程图。Figure 7 shows a schematic flowchart of another method for restoring an RRC connection.
图8所示的为UP方案下数据早传方法的示意性流程图。Figure 8 shows a schematic flow chart of a method for early data transmission under the UP scheme.
图9所示的为CP方案下数据早传方法的示意性流程图。Figure 9 shows a schematic flowchart of a method for early data transmission under the CP scheme.
图10是本申请一个实施例的信息的传输方法的示意性交互图。FIG. 10 is a schematic interaction diagram of an information transmission method according to an embodiment of the present application.
图11是本申请另一个实施例的信息的传输方法的示意性交互图。FIG. 11 is a schematic interaction diagram of an information transmission method according to another embodiment of the present application.
图12是本申请一些实施例的信息传输的方法的示意性交互图。FIG. 12 is a schematic interaction diagram of an information transmission method according to some embodiments of the present application.
图13是本申请一些实施例的信息传输的方法的示意性交互图。FIG. 13 is a schematic interaction diagram of an information transmission method according to some embodiments of the present application.
图14是本申请一些实施例的挂起终端设备的上下文的方法的示意性交互图。FIG. 14 is a schematic interaction diagram of a method for suspending the context of a terminal device according to some embodiments of the present application.
图15是本申请另一些实施例中的挂起终端设备的上下文示意性交互图。FIG. 15 is a schematic interaction diagram of the context of suspending a terminal device in some other embodiments of the present application.
图16是本申请一些实施例中的恢复终端设备的上下文示意性交互图。FIG. 16 is a schematic interaction diagram of restoring the context of a terminal device in some embodiments of the present application.
图17为本申请实施例提供的通信装置的示意性框图。FIG. 17 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of this application.
图18为本申请实施例提供的通信装置的另一示意性框图。FIG. 18 is another schematic block diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of this application.
图19为本申请实施例提供的通信装置的示意性框图。FIG. 19 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the application.
图20为本申请实施例提供的通信装置的另一示意性框图。FIG. 20 is another schematic block diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the application.
图21为本申请实施例提供的通信装置的示意性框图。FIG. 21 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of this application.
图22为本申请实施例提供的通信装置的另一示意性框图。FIG. 22 is another schematic block diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the application.
图23为本申请实施例提供的终端设备的示意性框图。FIG. 23 is a schematic block diagram of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the application.
图24为本申请实施例提供的接入网设备的示意性框图。FIG. 24 is a schematic block diagram of an access network device provided by an embodiment of this application.
具体实施方式detailed description
下面将结合附图,对本申请中的技术方案进行描述。The technical solution in this application will be described below in conjunction with the drawings.
本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统,例如:全球移动通信(global system for mobile communications,GSM)系统、码分多址(code division multiple access,CDMA)系统、宽带码分多址(wideband code division multiple access,WCDMA)系统、通用分组无线业务(general packet radio service,GPRS)、长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统、LTE频分双工(frequency division duplex,FDD)系统、LTE时分双工(time division duplex,TDD)、通用移动通信系统(universal mobile telecommunication system,UMTS)、全球互联微波接入(worldwide interoperability for microwave access,WiMAX)通信系统、未来的第五代(5th generation,5G)系统或新无线(new radio,NR)等。The technical solutions of the embodiments of this application can be applied to various communication systems, such as: global system for mobile communications (GSM) system, code division multiple access (CDMA) system, broadband code division multiple access (wideband code division multiple access, WCDMA) system, general packet radio service (GPRS), long term evolution (LTE) system, LTE frequency division duplex (FDD) system, LTE Time division duplex (TDD), universal mobile telecommunication system (UMTS), worldwide interoperability for microwave access (WiMAX) communication system, the future fifth generation (5th generation, 5G) system or new radio (NR), etc.
本申请实施例中的终端设备可以指用户设备(user equipment,UE)、接入终端、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端、终端、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置。终端设备还可以是蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协 议(session initiation protocol,SIP)电话、无线本地环路(wireless local loop,WLL)站、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant,PDA)、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备,未来5G网络中的终端设备或者未来演进的公用陆地移动通信网络(public land mobile network,PLMN)中的终端设备等,本申请实施例对此并不限定。The terminal equipment in the embodiments of this application may refer to user equipment (UE), access terminal, user unit, user station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile equipment, user terminal, terminal, wireless Communication equipment, user agent or user device. The terminal device can also be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a session initiation protocol (session initiation protocol, SIP) phone, a wireless local loop (WLL) station, a personal digital assistant (personal digital assistant, PDA), with wireless communication Functional handheld devices, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, in-vehicle devices, wearable devices, terminal devices in the future 5G network, or future evolution of the public land mobile network (PLMN) Terminal equipment, etc., this embodiment of the application does not limit this.
本申请实施例中的接入网设备可以是用于与终端设备通信的设备,该接入网设备可以是全球移动通信(global system for mobile communications,GSM)系统或码分多址(code division multiple access,CDMA)中的基站(base transceiver station,BTS),也可以是宽带码分多址(wideband code division multiple access,WCDMA)系统中的基站(NodeB,NB),还可以是LTE系统中的演进型基站(evolved NodeB,eNB或eNodeB),还可以是云无线接入网络(cloud radio access network,CRAN)场景下的无线控制器,或者该接入网设备可以为中继站、接入点、车载设备、可穿戴设备以及未来5G网络中的接入网设备或者未来演进的PLMN网络中的接入网设备等,本申请实施例并不限定。The access network device in the embodiment of the application may be a device used to communicate with terminal devices, and the access network device may be a global system for mobile communications (GSM) system or code division multiple access (code division multiple) The base transceiver station (BTS) in access, CDMA) can also be the base station (NodeB, NB) in the wideband code division multiple access (WCDMA) system, or the evolution of the LTE system Evolved base station (evolved NodeB, eNB or eNodeB), can also be a wireless controller in the cloud radio access network (CRAN) scenario, or the access network device can be a relay station, access point, or vehicle-mounted device , Wearable devices and access network equipment in the future 5G network or access network equipment in the future evolved PLMN network, etc., which are not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
在本申请实施例中,终端设备或接入网设备包括硬件层、运行在硬件层之上的操作系统层,以及运行在操作系统层上的应用层。该硬件层包括中央处理器(central processing unit,CPU)、内存管理单元(memory management unit,MMU)和内存(也称为主存)等硬件。该操作系统可以是任意一种或多种通过进程(process)实现业务处理的计算机操作系统,例如,Linux操作系统、Unix操作系统、Android操作系统、iOS操作系统或windows操作系统等。该应用层包含浏览器、通讯录、文字处理软件、即时通信软件等应用。并且,本申请实施例并未对本申请实施例提供的方法的执行主体的具体结构特别限定,只要能够通过运行记录有本申请实施例的提供的方法的代码的程序,以根据本申请实施例提供的方法进行通信即可,例如,本申请实施例提供的方法的执行主体可以是终端设备或接入网设备,或者,是终端设备或接入网设备中能够调用程序并执行程序的功能模块。In the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device or the access network device includes a hardware layer, an operating system layer running on the hardware layer, and an application layer running on the operating system layer. The hardware layer includes hardware such as a central processing unit (CPU), a memory management unit (MMU), and memory (also referred to as main memory). The operating system may be any one or more computer operating systems that implement business processing through processes, for example, Linux operating system, Unix operating system, Android operating system, iOS operating system, or windows operating system. The application layer includes applications such as browsers, address books, word processing software, and instant messaging software. In addition, the embodiments of the application do not specifically limit the specific structure of the execution body of the method provided in the embodiments of the application, as long as the program that records the codes of the methods provided in the embodiments of the application can be provided according to the embodiments of the application. For example, the execution subject of the method provided in the embodiment of the present application may be a terminal device or an access network device, or a functional module in the terminal device or the access network device that can call and execute the program.
另外,本申请的各个方面或特征可以实现成方法、装置或使用标准编程和/或工程技术的制品。本申请中使用的术语“制品”涵盖可从任何计算机可读器件、载体或介质访问的计算机程序。例如,计算机可读介质可以包括,但不限于:磁存储器件(例如,硬盘、软盘或磁带等),光盘(例如,压缩盘(compact disc,CD)、数字通用盘(digital versatile disc,DVD)等),智能卡和闪存器件(例如,可擦写可编程只读存储器(erasable programmable read-only memory,EPROM)、卡、棒或钥匙驱动器等)。另外,本文描述的各种存储介质可代表用于存储信息的一个或多个设备和/或其它机器可读介质。术语“机器可读介质”可包括但不限于,无线信道和能够存储、包含和/或承载指令和/或数据的各种其它介质。In addition, various aspects or features of the present application can be implemented as methods, devices, or products using standard programming and/or engineering techniques. The term "article of manufacture" used in this application encompasses a computer program that can be accessed from any computer-readable device, carrier, or medium. For example, computer-readable media may include, but are not limited to: magnetic storage devices (for example, hard disks, floppy disks, or tapes, etc.), optical disks (for example, compact discs (CD), digital versatile discs (DVD)) Etc.), smart cards and flash memory devices (for example, erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), cards, sticks or key drives, etc.). In addition, various storage media described herein may represent one or more devices and/or other machine-readable media for storing information. The term "machine-readable medium" may include, but is not limited to, wireless channels and various other media capable of storing, containing, and/or carrying instructions and/or data.
下面将简单介绍适用于本申请实施例通信系统。The following will briefly introduce the communication system applicable to the embodiment of the present application.
图1是适用于本申请实施例的无线通信系统架构100的示意性框图。如图1所示,该系统架构100包括,终端设备110,接入网设备120,核心网设备130,以及数据网络160(data network,DN),其中,核心网设备130包括管理设备140和网关设备150。其中,图1中的终端设备110可以用于通过无线空口连接到运营商部署的接入网设备120,继而通过核心网设备130连接到数据网络;接入网设备120主要用于实现无线物理层功能、资源调度和无线资源管理、无线接入控制以及移动性管理等功能,接入网设备可以为上述的接入网设备;核心网设备130可以包含管理设备140和网关设备150,管理设备140主要 用于终端设备的设备注册、安全认证、移动性管理和位置管理等,网关设备150主要用于与终端设备间建立通道,在该通道上转发终端设备和外部数据网络之间的数据包;数据网络160可对应于多种不同的业务域,例如IP多媒体子系统(IP multimedia subsystem,IMS)、互联网(Internet)、互联网协议电视(internet protocol television,IPTV)、其他运营商业务域等,主要用于为终端设备提供多种数据业务服务,其中可以包含例如服务器(包括提供组播业务的服务器)、路由器、网关等网络设备。图1仅为示例性架构图,除图1中所示功能单元之外,该网络架构还可以包括其他功能单元或功能实体,本申请实施例对此不进行限定。FIG. 1 is a schematic block diagram of a wireless communication system architecture 100 applicable to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 1, the system architecture 100 includes a terminal device 110, an access network device 120, a core network device 130, and a data network 160 (DN). The core network device 130 includes a management device 140 and a gateway. Equipment 150. Among them, the terminal device 110 in FIG. 1 can be used to connect to the access network device 120 deployed by the operator through a wireless air interface, and then to the data network through the core network device 130; the access network device 120 is mainly used to implement the wireless physical layer Functions, resource scheduling and wireless resource management, wireless access control, and mobility management. The access network device may be the above-mentioned access network device; the core network device 130 may include a management device 140, a gateway device 150, and a management device 140 It is mainly used for device registration, security authentication, mobility management and location management of terminal devices. The gateway device 150 is mainly used for establishing a channel with the terminal device, and forwarding data packets between the terminal device and the external data network on the channel; The data network 160 may correspond to a variety of different service domains, such as IP multimedia subsystem (IMS), Internet (Internet), Internet protocol television (IPTV), and other operator service domains, etc. It is used to provide multiple data service services for terminal equipment, which may include network equipment such as servers (including servers that provide multicast services), routers, and gateways. Fig. 1 is only an exemplary architecture diagram. In addition to the functional units shown in Fig. 1, the network architecture may also include other functional units or functional entities, which are not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
当图1所示通信网络为5G网络时,上述终端设备可以为用户设备(user equipment,UE),如:手机、电脑,还可以为蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话发起协议(session initiation protocol,SIP)电话、智能电话、无线本地环路(wireless local loop,WLL)站、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant,PDA)、电脑、膝上型计算机、手持式通信设备、手持式计算设备、卫星无线设备、无线调制解调器卡、电视机顶盒(set top box,STB)、用户驻地设备(customer premise equipment,CPE)和/或用于在无线系统上进行通信的其它设备。上述接入网设备可以为接入网(access network,AN)/无线接入网(radio access network,RAN)设备,由多个5G-AN/5G-RAN节点组成的网络,该5G-AN/5G-RAN节点可以为:接入节点(access point,AP)、下一代基站(NR nodeB,gNB)、中心单元(central unit,CU)和分布式单元(distributed unit,DU)分离形态的gNB、收发点(transmission receive point,TRP)、传输点(transmission point,TP)或某种其它接入节点。上述核心网设备可以包括:接入和移动性管理功能(access&mobility function,AMF)、会话管理功能(session management function,SMF)、策略控制功能(policy control function,PCF)、用户面功能(user plane funtion,UPF)等功能单元,这些功能单元可以独立工作,也可以组合在一起实现某些控制功能,如:AMF、SMF和PCF可以组合在一起作为管理设备,用于完成终端设备的接入鉴权、安全加密、位置注册等接入控制和移动性管理功能,以及用户面传输路径的建立、释放和更改等会话管理功能,以及分析一些切片(slice)相关的数据(如拥塞)、终端设备相关的数据的功能,UPF作为网关设备主要完成用户面数据的路由转发等功能,如:负责对终端设备的数据报文过滤、数据传输/转发、速率控制、生成计费信息等。When the communication network shown in Figure 1 is a 5G network, the aforementioned terminal devices can be user equipment (UE), such as mobile phones, computers, cellular phones, cordless phones, and session initiation protocols (SIP). ) Telephones, smart phones, wireless local loop (WLL) stations, personal digital assistants (PDAs), computers, laptops, handheld communication devices, handheld computing devices, satellite wireless devices , Wireless modem card, TV set top box (STB), customer premise equipment (customer premise equipment, CPE) and/or other equipment used for communication on the wireless system. The aforementioned access network equipment may be an access network (AN)/radio access network (RAN) equipment, and a network composed of multiple 5G-AN/5G-RAN nodes. The 5G-AN/ 5G-RAN nodes can be: access point (access point, AP), next-generation base station (NR nodeB, gNB), central unit (CU) and distributed unit (DU) separated form gNB, Transmission receive point (TRP), transmission point (TP) or some other access node. The above-mentioned core network equipment may include: access and mobility management function (AMF), session management function (session management function, SMF), policy control function (PCF), user plane function (user plane funtion) , UPF) and other functional units, these functional units can work independently, can also be combined to achieve certain control functions, such as: AMF, SMF and PCF can be combined together as a management device to complete the access authentication of terminal equipment , Security encryption, location registration and other access control and mobility management functions, as well as session management functions such as the establishment, release and modification of user plane transmission paths, as well as analysis of some slice-related data (such as congestion) and terminal equipment related functions As a gateway device, UPF mainly completes the routing and forwarding of user plane data, such as: responsible for data message filtering, data transmission/forwarding, rate control, and charging information generation for terminal devices.
图2所示的适用于本申请的另一例网络架构示意图,在图2所示的5G网络架构中,各功能单元之间可以通过下一代网络(next generation,NG)接口建立连接实现通信,如:终端设备通过新无线(new radio,NR)接口与RAN设备建立空口连接,用于传输用户面数据和控制面信令;终端设备可以通过NG接口1(简称N1)与AMF建立控制面信令连接;AN/RAN设备例如下一代无线接入基站(NR NodeB,gNB),可以通过NG接口3(简称N3)与UPF建立用户面数据连接;AN/RAN设备可以通过NG接口2(简称N2)与AMF建立控制面信令连接;UPF可以通过NG接口4(简称N4)与SMF建立控制面信令连接;UPF可以通过NG接口6(简称N6)与数据网络交互用户面数据;AMF可以通过NG接口11(简称N11)与SMF建立控制面信令连接;SMF可以通过NG接口7(简称N7)与PCF建立控制面信令连接。图2中所示的空口也可以称为3GPP空口。Figure 2 is a schematic diagram of another example of network architecture applicable to this application. In the 5G network architecture shown in Figure 2, each functional unit can establish a connection through a next generation network (NG) interface to achieve communication, such as : The terminal equipment establishes an air interface connection with the RAN equipment through the new radio (NR) interface to transmit user plane data and control plane signaling; the terminal equipment can establish control plane signaling with AMF through NG interface 1 (abbreviated as N1) Connection; AN/RAN equipment such as the next-generation radio access base station (NR NodeB, gNB) can establish a user plane data connection with UPF through NG interface 3 (abbreviated as N3); AN/RAN equipment can pass NG interface 2 (abbreviated as N2) Establish control plane signaling connection with AMF; UPF can establish control plane signaling connection with SMF through NG interface 4 (abbreviated as N4); UPF can exchange user plane data with data network through NG interface 6 (abbreviated as N6); AMF can use NG Interface 11 (abbreviated as N11) establishes a control plane signaling connection with SMF; SMF can establish a control plane signaling connection with PCF through NG interface 7 (abbreviated as N7). The air interface shown in FIG. 2 may also be referred to as 3GPP air interface.
需要说明的是,图2所示的仅为示例性架构图,除图2中所示功能单元之外,该网络 架构还可以包括其他功能单元或功能实体,如:核心网设备还可以包含统一数据管理功能(unified data management,UDM)等其他功能单元,本申请实施例对此不进行限定。It should be noted that the diagram shown in Figure 2 is only an exemplary architecture diagram. In addition to the functional units shown in Figure 2, the network architecture may also include other functional units or functional entities. For example, the core network equipment may also include unified Other functional units such as a data management function (unified data management, UDM) are not limited in this embodiment of the application.
当图1所示通信网络为4G网络时,终端设备可参照图2中终端设备的相关描述,在此不再赘述;接入网设备可以为基站(nodeB,NB)、演进型基站(evolution nodeB,eNB)、HeNB、TRP、TP、AP或某种其它接入单元;核心网设备可以包括:移动管理实体(mobility management entity,MME)、策略与计费规则功能(policy and charging rules function,PCRF)等管理设备,以及服务网关(serving gateway,S-GW)、分组数据网络网关(packet data network gateway,P-GW)、本地网关(local gateway,L-GW)等网关设备。When the communication network shown in Figure 1 is a 4G network, the terminal equipment can refer to the related description of the terminal equipment in Figure 2, which will not be repeated here; the access network equipment can be a base station (nodeB, NB), an evolved base station (evolution nodeB) , ENB), HeNB, TRP, TP, AP or some other access unit; core network equipment may include: mobility management entity (MME), policy and charging rules function (PCRF) ) And other management equipment, as well as gateway equipment such as serving gateway (serving gateway, S-GW), packet data network gateway (packet data network gateway, P-GW), and local gateway (local gateway, L-GW).
图3所示的适用于本申请的另一种4G网络架构示意图。在图3所示的4G网络架构中,终端设备可以通过Uu接口与eNB建立空口连接,eNB通过S1-C接口与MME建立控制面信令连接,eNB通过S1-U接口与S-GW建立用户面数据连接,S-GW通过S11与MME建立控制面信令连接,S-GW通过S5/S8接口与P-GW建立用户面数据连接,P-GW与数据网络之间通过SGi接口连接。图3中所示的各个空口也可以称为3GPP空口。FIG. 3 shows a schematic diagram of another 4G network architecture applicable to the present application. In the 4G network architecture shown in Figure 3, the terminal equipment can establish an air interface connection with the eNB through the Uu interface, the eNB establishes a control plane signaling connection with the MME through the S1-C interface, and the eNB establishes a user with the S-GW through the S1-U interface For data connection, the S-GW establishes a control plane signaling connection with the MME through S11, the S-GW establishes a user plane data connection with the P-GW through the S5/S8 interface, and the P-GW and the data network are connected through the SGi interface. Each air interface shown in FIG. 3 may also be referred to as a 3GPP air interface.
需要说明的是,图3仅为示例性架构图,除图3中所示功能单元之外,该网络架构还可以包括其他功能单元或功能实体,本申请实施例对此不进行限定。It should be noted that FIG. 3 is only an exemplary architecture diagram. In addition to the functional units shown in FIG. 3, the network architecture may also include other functional units or functional entities, which are not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
机器类型通信(machine type communication,MTC)或(narrow band internet of thing,NB-IoT)有别于传统的LTE通信,例如,对于MTC,其不追求数据传输速率、多频段、多天线、全双工传输,而是追求较长的终端设备的电池时间,较低廉的终端装置成本。即要求终端设备能够实现低功耗(Low power consumption)、低成本(Low cost)。此外,考虑到MTC的终端设备的应用场景,例如水表、电表等,终端设备的信号覆盖强度无法满足信号接收要求,因此对MTC进行增强,使接入网设备(例如基站)和终端设备能够支持扩展覆盖(Coverage enhancement)。目前实现扩展覆盖的主要方法是重复多次发送上行或下行信号,通过多次接收合并实现提高数据接收成功率的目的。再者,在MTC或NB-IoT的应用场景中,其数据传输的特点是数据量较小,且数据到达的时间不确定。例如,网络侧呼叫终端设备上报数据,或是网络侧向终端设备下达控制指令等。目前,为了成功的传输数据,需要建立起接入网设备与终端之间的无线连接,而建立该无线连接需要一定的信令开销,如果只是为了传输较小的数据,会使得无线资源的利用效率降低,大量资源用于连接建立的流程,少量资源用于数据传输。Machine type communication (MTC) or (narrow band internet of things, NB-IoT) is different from traditional LTE communication. For example, for MTC, it does not pursue data transmission rates, multiple frequency bands, multiple antennas, and full dual Instead, it pursues longer battery time of terminal equipment and lower terminal equipment cost. That is, terminal equipment is required to achieve low power consumption and low cost. In addition, considering the application scenarios of MTC terminal equipment, such as water meters, electricity meters, etc., the signal coverage strength of terminal equipment cannot meet the signal reception requirements, so MTC is enhanced to enable access network equipment (such as base stations) and terminal equipment to support Expansion coverage (Coverage Enhancement). At present, the main method to achieve extended coverage is to repeatedly send uplink or downlink signals multiple times, and achieve the purpose of increasing the success rate of data reception through multiple reception combinations. Furthermore, in the application scenario of MTC or NB-IoT, the data transmission is characterized by a small amount of data, and the time of data arrival is uncertain. For example, the network side calls the terminal equipment to report data, or the network side issues control instructions to the terminal equipment. At present, in order to successfully transmit data, it is necessary to establish a wireless connection between the access network device and the terminal, and the establishment of the wireless connection requires certain signaling overhead. If it is only for the transmission of small data, it will make the use of wireless resources. The efficiency is reduced, a lot of resources are used for the process of connection establishment, and a small amount of resources are used for data transmission.
图4为接入网设备和终端设备建立连接过程的示意性流程图。当接入网设备(以基站为例进行说明)没有终端设备(以UE为例进行说明)的下行数据传输时,基站与UE之间不会建立连接,例如,基站与UE之间不会建立无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)连接。此时UE处于空闲(IDLE)状态。当基站侧有UE的下行数据需要传输时,基站需要寻呼UE建立RRC连接,UE从IDLE态进入到连接态,UE需要经过如图4所示的过程建立RRC连接。Figure 4 is a schematic flow chart of the process of establishing a connection between an access network device and a terminal device. When the access network equipment (take the base station as an example) has no downlink data transmission from the terminal equipment (take the UE as an example), no connection will be established between the base station and the UE, for example, no connection between the base station and the UE will be established Radio resource control (RRC) connection. At this time, the UE is in an IDLE state. When the base station side has UE downlink data to be transmitted, the base station needs to page the UE to establish an RRC connection, and the UE enters the connected state from the IDLE state, and the UE needs to establish the RRC connection through the process shown in FIG. 4.
其中,步骤A1至A3为下行数据触发的寻呼(paging)过程。具体的:Among them, steps A1 to A3 are the paging process triggered by downlink data. specific:
A1:当核心网侧的S-GW有UE的下行数据到达时,S-GW向MME发送下行数据指示消息(downlink data notification),通知MME某个UE的下行数据到达,该下行数据指示消息中携带UE的演进分组系统(evolved packet system,EPS)承载标识(EPS Bearer ID)。A1: When the S-GW on the core network side has the arrival of downlink data from the UE, the S-GW sends a downlink data notification message to the MME to notify the MME that the downlink data of a certain UE has arrived. The downlink data indication message contains Carry the UE's evolved packet system (evolved packet system, EPS) bearer identifier (EPS Bearer ID).
A2:当MME接收到S-GW发送的下行数据指示消息后,MME向基站(以eNB为例进行说明)发送寻呼消息(A2 paging),以使得eNB寻呼UE。A2: After the MME receives the downlink data indication message sent by the S-GW, the MME sends a paging message (A2 paging) to the base station (taking the eNB as an example) to make the eNB page the UE.
A3:eNB接收到MME发送的寻呼消息后,以广播形式发送寻呼消息(A3 paging)。IDLE态的UE会周期性的监听eNB发送的Paging消息,当UE监听到eNB发送的寻呼消息且寻呼消息中携带自己的标识时,UE会触发RRC连接建立流程。其中,步骤S101至步骤S104为UE进行随机接入(Random Access)的过程。A3: After receiving the paging message sent by the MME, the eNB sends the paging message in a broadcast form (A3 paging). The UE in the IDLE state will periodically monitor the Paging message sent by the eNB. When the UE monitors the paging message sent by the eNB and the paging message carries its own identity, the UE will trigger the RRC connection establishment process. Among them, step S101 to step S104 are the process of random access (Random Access) performed by the UE.
S101,UE向eNB发送随机接入前导码(Preamble),发送随机接入前导码(Preamble)可以视为发送信息1(message 1,Msg1)的过程,该随机接入前导码是eNB通过广播消息广播给所有UE的,需要发起随机接入过程的UE从eNB广播的若干个Preamble中,随机选择一个Preamble,并在eNB广播的发送Preamble的资源中,随机选择一份资源,来向eNB发送UE选择的Preamble。S101: The UE sends a random access preamble (Preamble) to an eNB. The sending of the random access preamble (Preamble) can be regarded as a process of sending message 1 (message 1, Msg1). The random access preamble is a message sent by the eNB through a broadcast Broadcast to all UEs, the UE that needs to initiate the random access process randomly selects a Preamble from the several Preambles broadcast by the eNB, and randomly selects a resource from the preamble broadcast resources of the eNB to send the UE to the eNB Preamble of choice.
S102,eNB在Preamble的资源上监听UE发送的Preamble,当检测到某个Preamble时,eNB确认有UE发送了Preamble,并向该UE发送随机接入响应消息(random access response,RAR),随机接入响应消息可以视为信息2(Msg2)。RAR中包含UE发送Msg3的定时(timing advanced,TA)信息和UE发送Msg3的上行资源(UL Grant)以及小区无线网络临时标识(cell radio network temporary identifier,C-RNTI)。S102. The eNB monitors the Preamble sent by the UE on the Preamble resource. When a certain Preamble is detected, the eNB confirms that the UE has sent the Preamble, and sends a random access response (RAR) message to the UE. The incoming response message can be regarded as Message 2 (Msg2). The RAR includes timing (advanced, TA) information for the UE to send Msg3, uplink resource (UL Grant) for the UE to send Msg3, and cell radio network temporary identifier (C-RNTI).
S103,当UE接收到eNB发送的RAR后,使用RAR中包含的TA和UL Grant,向eNB发送Msg3。该Msg3为RRC连接建立请求消息,该RRC连接建立请求消息中携带UE标识(identity,ID),该UE ID可以为该UE的系统架构演进临时移动设备标识(system architecture evolution temporary mobile station identifier,S-TMSI)或国际移动用户识别码(international mobile subscriber identification number,IMSI)。S103: After receiving the RAR sent by the eNB, the UE uses the TA and UL Grant included in the RAR to send Msg3 to the eNB. The Msg3 is an RRC connection establishment request message. The RRC connection establishment request message carries a UE identity (ID). The UE ID can be the system architecture evolution temporary mobile station identifier (S) of the UE. -TMSI) or International Mobile Subscriber Identification Number (IMSI).
S104,考虑到步骤S101中,不同的UE可能会随机选择到相同的Preamble码和发送Preamble的资源,这时在S101到S102的过程中,eNB并不知道有不同的UE使用相同的码和资源,这样,S103中的RRC连接建立请求消息实际可能是多个UE使用相同的资源发送的,但不同的RRC连接建立请求消息中的UE ID不同,在S104中,为了避免接下来的传输数据时的冲突,eNB向UE发送冲突解决(Contention Resolution)消息,其中携带一个UE ID。这样,当这些冲突的UE中的某个UE检测到这个UE ID正是自己的ID时,这个UE认为eNB接纳了它的连接建立请求,而其他UE由于没有检测到自己的ID,认为eNB没有接纳它们的连接建立请求,等待一定时间,然后再发送Preamble。在S104中,eNB还可以向UE发送RRC连接设置(RRC Connection Setup)消息,RRC连接设置消息可以视为Msg4。至此,UE的随机接入过程完毕。S104, considering that in step S101, different UEs may randomly select the same Preamble code and resources for sending the Preamble. At this time, in the process from S101 to S102, the eNB does not know that different UEs use the same code and resources. In this way, the RRC connection establishment request message in S103 may actually be sent by multiple UEs using the same resources, but the UE ID in different RRC connection establishment request messages is different. In S104, in order to avoid subsequent data transmission If the conflict occurs, the eNB sends a contention resolution (Contention Resolution) message to the UE, which carries a UE ID. In this way, when one of these conflicting UEs detects that the UE ID is its own ID, the UE thinks that the eNB has accepted its connection establishment request, while other UEs think that the eNB does not have its own ID because it has not detected its own ID. Accept their connection establishment request, wait for a certain time, and then send the Preamble. In S104, the eNB may also send an RRC Connection Setup (RRC Connection Setup) message to the UE, and the RRC Connection Setup message may be regarded as Msg4. So far, the random access process of the UE is completed.
S105,UE向eNB发送RRC连接设置完成(RRC Connection Setup Complete)消息,并携带非接入层(Non-Access Stream,NAS)的服务请求(service request)消息。S105: The UE sends an RRC Connection Setup Complete (RRC Connection Setup Complete) message to the eNB, and carries a non-access stratum (Non-Access Stream, NAS) service request (service request) message.
S106至S107中,eNB通过S1-AP接口向MME请求初始化UE消息(initial UE message),该消息可以包括NAS消息、跟踪区域标识(tracking area identity,TAI)和E-UTRAN小区全局标识符(E-UTRAN cell global identifier,ECGI)、S-TMSI、RRC建立原因(Cause)。该NAS消息可以携带服务请求(service request)。S1-AP接口为eNB和MME之间的通信接口。具体的,S106中,UE向MME发送service request,S107中,MME向eNB发送初始上下文设置请求(initial context setup request)。In S106 to S107, the eNB requests the MME to initialize the UE message (initial UE message) through the S1-AP interface. The message may include the NAS message, the tracking area identity (TAI), and the E-UTRAN cell global identifier (E-UTRAN). -UTRAN cell global identifier, ECGI), S-TMSI, RRC establishment reason (Cause). The NAS message may carry a service request (service request). The S1-AP interface is the communication interface between the eNB and the MME. Specifically, in S106, the UE sends a service request to the MME, and in S107, the MME sends an initial context setup request (initial context setup request) to the eNB.
S108至S109中,eNB向UE设置安全上下文。具体的,S108中,eNB向UE发送安全模式指令(security mode command)。S108中,UE向eNB发送安全模式完成(security mode complete)。In S108 to S109, the eNB sets the security context to the UE. Specifically, in S108, the eNB sends a security mode command (security mode command) to the UE. In S108, the UE sends a security mode complete (security mode complete) to the eNB.
S110至S111中,eNB配置UE的承载,用于传输信令和数据。具体的,S110中,eNB向UE发送RRC连接重配置(RRC connection reconfiguration)。S111中,UE向eNB发送RRC连接重配置完成(RRC connection reconfiguration complete)。In S110 to S111, the eNB configures the bearer of the UE for transmitting signaling and data. Specifically, in S110, the eNB sends an RRC connection reconfiguration (RRC connection reconfiguration) to the UE. In S111, the UE sends an RRC connection reconfiguration complete (RRC connection reconfiguration complete) to the eNB.
S112至S114中,是为UE建立或修改核心网侧的承载的过程。具体的,S112中,eNB向MME发送初始上下文设置完成(initial context setup complete),S113中,MME向S-GW发送修改承载请求(modify bearer request),S114中,S-GW向MME发送修改承载响应(modify bearer response)。In S112 to S114, it is the process of establishing or modifying the bearer on the core network side for the UE. Specifically, in S112, the eNB sends an initial context setup complete to the MME. In S113, the MME sends a modify bearer request to the S-GW. In S114, the S-GW sends a modified bearer request to the MME. Response (modify bearer response).
S115至S116中,S-GW通过eNB向UE发送下行数据。具体的,S115中,S-GW向eNB发送下行数据(DL data),S116中,eNB向该UE发送该下行数据。In S115 to S116, the S-GW sends downlink data to the UE through the eNB. Specifically, in S115, the S-GW sends downlink data (DL data) to the eNB, and in S116, the eNB sends the downlink data to the UE.
可见,当网络侧有UE的下行数据时,需要经过很复杂的连接建立过程,当网络侧只有UE的较小的数据包,则通过上述过程,无疑增加了系统的负担,降低了资源的利用效率。It can be seen that when the network side has the UE's downlink data, it needs to go through a very complicated connection establishment process. When the network side only has smaller data packets of the UE, the above process will undoubtedly increase the burden on the system and reduce the utilization of resources. effectiveness.
UE在建立RRC连接之前处于RRC空闲态(IDLE态),建立RRC连接后处于RRC连接态(RRC connected),当UE从RRC连接态转换到RRC空闲态时,UE释放eNB配置给UE的配置信息(例如包括UE上下文等),eNB释放UE的上下文(context)。UE的上下文可以包括UE的标识、为该UE配置的资源配置信息、加密算法、该UE的能力信息等。The UE is in the RRC idle state (IDLE state) before establishing the RRC connection, and is in the RRC connected state (RRC connected) after the RRC connection is established. When the UE transitions from the RRC connected state to the RRC idle state, the UE releases the configuration information configured by the eNB to the UE (For example, including the UE context, etc.), the eNB releases the context of the UE. The context of the UE may include the identity of the UE, resource configuration information configured for the UE, encryption algorithm, and capability information of the UE.
为了降低RRC连接建立过程中复杂的信令交互开销,目前,一种挂起(suspend)和恢复(resume)的方案被引入到RRC连接建立过程中。具体的过程如图5和图6所示。In order to reduce the complicated signaling interaction overhead in the RRC connection establishment process, currently, a suspend and resume solution is introduced into the RRC connection establishment process. The specific process is shown in Figure 5 and Figure 6.
图5为挂起(suspend)UE的上下文示意性流程图。Figure 5 is a schematic flow chart of the context of suspending a UE.
如图5所示,当eNB判断出UE没有上下行数据时,在S201中,eNB决定挂起该UE的上下文。挂起该UE的上下文可以理解为eNB释放与UE的RRC连接,但eNB不释放UE的上下文。As shown in Figure 5, when the eNB determines that the UE has no uplink and downlink data, in S201, the eNB decides to suspend the context of the UE. Suspending the context of the UE can be understood as the eNB releasing the RRC connection with the UE, but the eNB does not release the context of the UE.
在S202中,eNB向MME请求将该UE挂起(Suspend),具体的,eNB向MME发送UE上下文挂起请求(UE context suspend request),请求释放与UE的RRC连接,但eNB不释放UE的上下文。In S202, the eNB requests the MME to suspend the UE (Suspend). Specifically, the eNB sends a UE context suspend request (UE context suspend request) to the MME, requesting to release the RRC connection with the UE, but the eNB does not release the UE’s Context.
在S203中,MME与S-GW交互释放接入承载(release access bearers)信息。In S203, the MME and the S-GW interact to release access bearers (release access bearers) information.
在S204中,MME向eNB发送UE上下文挂起响应(UE context suspend response)。当eNB接收到MME的肯定响应时,允许eNB将该UE挂起。In S204, the MME sends a UE context suspend response (UE context suspend response) to the eNB. When the eNB receives a positive response from the MME, the eNB is allowed to suspend the UE.
在S205中,eNB向UE发送RRC连接释放(RRC connection Release)消息,并在该消息中指示UE挂起。这时eNB释放与UE的RRC连接,但eNB不释放UE的上下文。该RRC连接释放消息中携带resume ID,resume ID用于标识该UE的上下文,可以根据resume ID获取该UE的上下文。In S205, the eNB sends an RRC connection release (RRC connection Release) message to the UE, and instructs the UE to suspend in the message. At this time, the eNB releases the RRC connection with the UE, but the eNB does not release the UE context. The RRC connection release message carries a resume ID, and the resume ID is used to identify the context of the UE, and the context of the UE can be obtained according to the resume ID.
在S206中,UE根据该RRC连接释放消息,释放UE的RRC连接,保存该UE的上下文。具体的,UE保存该上下文(挂起该UE的上下文),将与eNB之间的信令无线承载(signaling radio bearer,SRB)和数据无线承载(data radio bearer,DRB)挂起,该UE 进入RRC空闲态。In S206, the UE releases the RRC connection of the UE according to the RRC connection release message, and saves the context of the UE. Specifically, the UE saves the context (suspends the context of the UE), suspends the signaling radio bearer (SRB) and data radio bearer (DRB) with the eNB, and the UE enters RRC idle state.
当网络侧有UE的下行数据时,eNB向UE发起寻呼后,UE请求恢复RRC连接,图6所示的为恢复RRC连接的示意性流程图。如图6所示的:When there is downlink data for the UE on the network side, after the eNB initiates a paging to the UE, the UE requests to restore the RRC connection. Figure 6 shows a schematic flowchart for restoring the RRC connection. As shown in Figure 6:
步骤A1至A3为下行数据触发的寻呼(paging)过程。与图4所示的相同,具体的描述可以参考图4中对步骤A1至A3的描述,为了简洁,这里不再赘述。Steps A1 to A3 are the paging process triggered by the downlink data. It is the same as that shown in FIG. 4, and the specific description can refer to the description of steps A1 to A3 in FIG. 4. For the sake of brevity, details are not repeated here.
步骤S301和S302与图4所示的步骤S101和S102相同,具体的描述可以参考图4中对步骤S101和S102的描述,为了简洁,这里不再赘述。Steps S301 and S302 are the same as steps S101 and S102 shown in FIG. 4. For specific descriptions, reference may be made to the description of steps S101 and S102 in FIG. 4. For brevity, details are not repeated here.
S303,UE向eNB发送RRC连接恢复请求(RRC connection Resume Request),RRC连接恢复请求可以视为Msg3。RRC连接恢复请求用于向eNB请求恢复RRC连接。RRC连接恢复请求携带Resume ID、恢复原因(resume Cause)、截短的用于RRC连接恢复过程的完整性保护的消息鉴权码(short resume message authentication code of integrity,short Resume MAC-I)。S303: The UE sends an RRC connection resume request (RRC connection Resume Request) to the eNB, and the RRC connection resume request can be regarded as Msg3. The RRC connection recovery request is used to request the eNB to recover the RRC connection. The RRC connection recovery request carries a Resume ID, a resume cause, and a truncated message authentication code (short resume message authentication code of integrity, short Resume MAC-I) used for integrity protection of the RRC connection recovery process.
其中,Resume ID用于标识被挂起的UE的上下文;Among them, the Resume ID is used to identify the context of the suspended UE;
Resume Cause用于指示UE恢复连接的原因,包括紧急呼叫(emergency),高优先级接入(high Priority Access),被叫(mt-Access),主叫信令(mo-Signalling),主叫数据(mo-Data),时延容忍接入(delayTolerant Access),主叫语音(mo-Voice Call)等。Resume Cause is used to indicate the reason for the UE to resume the connection, including emergency call (emergency), high priority access (high Priority Access), called (mt-Access), calling signaling (mo-Signalling), calling data (mo-Data), delay tolerance access (delayTolerant Access), calling voice (mo-Voice Call), etc.
Short Resume MAC-I用于对Msg3(RRC connection Resume Request)进行完整性保护,以防Msg3被篡改。Short Resume MAC-I is used to protect the integrity of Msg3 (RRC connection Resume Request) to prevent Msg3 from being tampered with.
S304,eNB向UE发送RRC连接恢复(RRC connection Resume)消息,用于恢复UE的上下文,其中携带用于推演安全密钥的下一跳链计数(next hop chaining count,NCC)、测量配置(measConfig)、专用无线资源配置(radioResourceConfigDedicated)等。S304. The eNB sends an RRC connection Resume (RRC connection Resume) message to the UE to restore the context of the UE, which carries the next hop chaining count (NCC) and measurement configuration (measConfig) used to derive the security key. ), dedicated radio resource configuration (radioResourceConfigDedicated), etc.
S305,UE接收到RRC连接恢复消息,恢复UE的上下文。具体的,包括SRB、DRB的承载恢复,接入(access stream,AS)层安全上下文的恢复。然后UE进入RRC连接态。S305: The UE receives the RRC connection recovery message and restores the context of the UE. Specifically, it includes the recovery of SRB and DRB bearers, and the recovery of access stream (AS) layer security context. Then the UE enters the RRC connected state.
S306,UE向eNB发送RRC连接恢复完成(RRC Connection Resume Complete)消息,向eNB通知UE已经恢复RRC连接。S306: The UE sends an RRC Connection Resume Complete (RRC Connection Resume Complete) message to the eNB to notify the eNB that the UE has resumed the RRC connection.
S307,eNB向MME请求恢复UE上下文。S307: The eNB requests the MME to restore the UE context.
S308,MME与S-GW交互承载修改消息。S308, the MME and the S-GW exchange bearer modification messages.
S309,MME向eNB发送恢复响应消息。S309: The MME sends a recovery response message to the eNB.
之后,S-GW可将下行数据发送至eNB,通过eNB发送至UE。UE也可以将上行数据通过eNB发送给S-GW。After that, the S-GW can send the downlink data to the eNB, and then the eNB to the UE. The UE may also send uplink data to the S-GW through the eNB.
其中,图6所示的步骤S307至S309与图4所示的S110至S114所示的步骤相同,具体的描述可以参考图4中对S110至S114的描述,为了简洁,这里不再赘述。Wherein, steps S307 to S309 shown in FIG. 6 are the same as the steps shown in S110 to S114 shown in FIG. 4, and the specific description can refer to the description of S110 to S114 in FIG. 4. For brevity, the details are not repeated here.
当UE没有上行数据发送或者下行数据接收时,再通过释放流程(例如图5所示的挂起流程)进入RRC空闲态。When the UE does not send uplink data or receive downlink data, it enters the RRC idle state through a release process (for example, the suspension process shown in FIG. 5).
在上述的S303中,当UE发送RRC连接恢复请求(RRC connection Resume Request)的eNB不是挂起该UE的eNB时,即图5所示的eNB和图6所示eNB不是同一个eNB。例如,该UE从图5所示的eNB(用old eNB表示)移动到图6所示的eNB(用new eNB表示)的小区内时,则可以按照图7所示的恢复RRC连接的示意性流程图恢复RRC连接。图7中,旧基站(old eNB)为挂起该UE上下文的eNB,新基站(new eNB)为UE请求 恢复RRC连接的基站。如图7所示的,该方法包括:In the foregoing S303, when the eNB that the UE sends the RRC connection Resume Request (RRC connection Resume Request) is not the eNB that suspends the UE, that is, the eNB shown in FIG. 5 and the eNB shown in FIG. 6 are not the same eNB. For example, when the UE moves from the eNB (denoted by old eNB) shown in FIG. 5 to the cell of the eNB (denoted by new eNB) shown in FIG. 6, it can follow the schematic diagram of restoring the RRC connection shown in FIG. The flowchart restores the RRC connection. In Figure 7, the old base station (old eNB) is the eNB that suspends the UE context, and the new base station (new eNB) is the base station that the UE requests to resume the RRC connection. As shown in Figure 7, the method includes:
步骤A1至A3为下行数据触发的寻呼(paging)过程。与图4所示的对应步骤相同,具体的描述可以参考图4中对步骤A1至A3的描述,为了简洁,这里不再赘述。Steps A1 to A3 are the paging process triggered by the downlink data. It is the same as the corresponding steps shown in FIG. 4, and the specific description can refer to the description of steps A1 to A3 in FIG. 4. For brevity, details are not repeated here.
步骤S401和S402与图4所示的步骤S101和S102相同,不同点在于关于与eNB的交互都为new eNB。具体的描述可以参考图4中对步骤S101和S102的描述,为了简洁,这里不再赘述。Steps S401 and S402 are the same as steps S101 and S102 shown in FIG. 4, except that the interaction with the eNB is all new eNB. For a specific description, reference may be made to the description of steps S101 and S102 in FIG. 4. For brevity, details are not repeated here.
S403,UE向new eNB发送RRC连接恢复请求(RRC connection Resume Request),RRC连接恢复请求可以视为msg3。RRC连接恢复请求用于向new eNB请求恢复RRC连接。RRC连接恢复请求携带Resume ID、恢复原因(resume Cause)、截短的用于RRC连接恢复过程的完整性保护的消息鉴权码(short resume message authentication code of integrity,short Resume MAC-I)。S403: The UE sends an RRC connection resume request (RRC connection Resume Request) to the new eNB, and the RRC connection resume request can be regarded as msg3. The RRC connection recovery request is used to request the new eNB to resume the RRC connection. The RRC connection recovery request carries a Resume ID, a resume cause, and a truncated message authentication code (short resume message authentication code of integrity, short Resume MAC-I) used for integrity protection of the RRC connection recovery process.
S404,new eNB通过X2-AP接口向old eNB发送恢复UE上下文请求(Retrieve UE context request)来请求UE的上下文,其中携带resume ID,X2-AP是基站与基站之间的通信接口。S404: The new eNB sends a Retrieve UE context request (Retrieve UE context request) to the old eNB through the X2-AP interface to request the UE context, which carries the resume ID, and X2-AP is the communication interface between the base station and the base station.
S405,old eNB通过X2-AP接口向new eNB发送恢复UE上下文响应(Retrieve UE context response),其中携带UE上下文。old eNB可以通过resume ID来获取UE上下文。S405: The old eNB sends a UE context recovery response (Retrieve UE context response) to the new eNB through the X2-AP interface, which carries the UE context. The old eNB can obtain the UE context through the resume ID.
S406,new eNB向UE发送RRC连接恢复消息,用于恢复UE的上下文,其中携带用于推演安全密钥的NCC。S406: The new eNB sends an RRC connection recovery message to the UE for recovering the context of the UE, which carries the NCC used to derive the security key.
S407,UE接收到RRC连接恢复消息后,恢复UE的上下文,包含SRB、DRB承载的恢复、AS层安全上下文的建立等。然后UE进入RRC连接态。S407: After the UE receives the RRC connection recovery message, it recovers the context of the UE, including the recovery of SRB and DRB bearers, and the establishment of AS layer security context. Then the UE enters the RRC connected state.
S408,UE向new eNB发送RRC Connection Resume Complete消息,通知new eNB已经恢复RRC连接。S408: The UE sends an RRC Connection Resume Complete message to the new eNB to notify the new eNB that the RRC connection has been restored.
S409,new eNB向MME请求路径切换(path switch)。S409: The new eNB requests a path switch (path switch) from the MME.
S410,MME与S-GW交互承载修改消息。S410: The MME and the S-GW exchange a bearer modification message.
S411,MME向new eNB发送path switch响应消息。S411: The MME sends a path switch response message to the new eNB.
S412,new eNB向old eNB指示释放UE上下文。S412: The new eNB instructs the old eNB to release the UE context.
之后,S-GW可将下行数据发送至new eNB,通过new eNB发送至UE。UE也可以将上行数据通过new eNB发送给S-GW。After that, the S-GW can send the downlink data to the new eNB, and send it to the UE through the new eNB. The UE may also send uplink data to the S-GW through the new eNB.
当UE没有上行数据发送或者下行数据接收时,再通过释放流程(例如图5所示的挂起流程)进入RRC空闲态。When the UE does not send uplink data or receive downlink data, it enters the RRC idle state through a release process (for example, the suspension process shown in FIG. 5).
上述的各个流程中,下行数据是通过S-GW->eNB->UE过程传输的,这种数据传输的方式称为用户面(user plane,UP)方案(UP Solution)。与此相对应的另一方案是控制面(control plane,CP)方案(CP Solution),CP方案的下行数据是通过S-GW->MME->eNB->UE过程传输的,其在RRC Connection Setup Complete消息可以携带上行数据,在该消息之后,eNB可以使用下行信息传输(DL Information Tranfer)携带下行数据给UE。若在之后没有数据,则通过释放流程将UE的上下文释放。对于CP方案,下行数据是通过MME转发的,UE与MME之间交互的消息可以称为NAS消息,下行数据是通过NAS消息与UE交互的,下行数据在NAS层传输的过程中在NAS层进行加密,所以不需要AS层的安全上下文。In each of the above procedures, the downlink data is transmitted through the S-GW->eNB->UE process, and this data transmission method is called a user plane (UP) solution (UP Solution). Another solution corresponding to this is the control plane (CP) solution (CP Solution). The downlink data of the CP solution is transmitted through the S-GW->MME->eNB->UE process, which is transmitted in the RRC Connection The Setup Complete message can carry uplink data. After this message, the eNB can use a downlink information transmission (DL Information Tranfer) to carry downlink data to the UE. If there is no data afterwards, the UE context is released through the release procedure. For the CP scheme, the downlink data is forwarded through the MME, the messages exchanged between the UE and the MME can be called NAS messages, the downlink data is exchanged with the UE through the NAS messages, and the downlink data is transmitted at the NAS layer during the NAS layer transmission. Encryption, so no security context at the AS layer is required.
为了传输上行小数据包,同时减少信令的开销,目前,还提出了一种数据早传(early data transmission,EDT)的方法。主要基于图6或图7所示的恢复RRC连接的流程进行改进。具体的,主要是在于上行数据可以在Msg3中携带,上行数据可以和RRC connection Resume Request一起发送给eNB。In order to transmit small uplink data packets while reducing signaling overhead, currently, an early data transmission (EDT) method is also proposed. The improvement is mainly based on the process of restoring the RRC connection shown in FIG. 6 or FIG. 7. Specifically, it is mainly that the uplink data can be carried in Msg3, and the uplink data can be sent to the eNB together with the RRC connection Resume Request.
在MTC中,在Msg3中不携带上行数据的情况下,Msg3对应的媒体接入控制协议数据单元(media access control protocol data unit,MAC PDU)大小为56比特(bits),在NB-IoT中为88bits。如果要在发送Msg3时发送上行数据,则UE需要请求更多的时频资源来发送额外的上行数据。由于发送Msg3的资源是通过eNB发送的RAR中UL grant指示的,为了在RAR中获得更多的资源,UE需要向eNB指示UE将在Msg3发送上行数据。具体的,如图8所示,图8是UP方案下数据早传方法的示意性方法流程图,该方法包括:In MTC, when Msg3 does not carry uplink data, the size of the media access control protocol data unit (MAC PDU) corresponding to Msg3 is 56 bits (bits). In NB-IoT, it is 88bits. If it wants to send uplink data when sending Msg3, the UE needs to request more time-frequency resources to send additional uplink data. Since the resource for sending Msg3 is indicated by the UL grant in the RAR sent by the eNB, in order to obtain more resources in the RAR, the UE needs to indicate to the eNB that the UE will send uplink data in Msg3. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 8, FIG. 8 is a schematic method flowchart of the data early transmission method under the UP scheme, and the method includes:
步骤A1至A3为下行数据触发的寻呼(paging)过程。与图4所示的对应步骤相同,具体的描述可以参考图4中对步骤A1至A3的描述,为了简洁,这里不再赘述。Steps A1 to A3 are the paging process triggered by the downlink data. It is the same as the corresponding steps shown in FIG. 4, and the specific description can refer to the description of steps A1 to A3 in FIG. 4. For brevity, details are not repeated here.
S501,UE向eNB发送随机接入前导码(Preamble),所述随机接入前导码用于向eNB指示UE将在Msg3时发送上行数据。该随机接入前导码是eNB通过广播消息广播给所有UE的,需要发起随机接入过程的UE从eNB广播的用于指示在Msg3发送上行数据的若干个Preamble中,随机选择一个Preamble,并在eNB广播的发送Preamble的资源中,随机选择一份资源,来向eNB发送UE选择的Preamble。或者,eNB广播的发送Preamble的时频资源有用于指示在Msg3发送上行数据的时频资源,UE选择该资源来发送Preamble。S501: The UE sends a random access preamble (Preamble) to the eNB, where the random access preamble is used to indicate to the eNB that the UE will send uplink data at Msg3. The random access preamble is broadcasted by the eNB to all UEs through a broadcast message. The UE that needs to initiate the random access process is broadcast from the eNB to indicate that a preamble is randomly selected among the several preambles used by Msg3 to send uplink data. Among the resources for sending the Preamble broadcast by the eNB, a resource is randomly selected to send the Preamble selected by the UE to the eNB. Alternatively, the time-frequency resource for sending the Preamble broadcast by the eNB is used to indicate the time-frequency resource for sending uplink data in Msg3, and the UE selects this resource to send the Preamble.
S502,eNB检测到用于指示在Msg3发送上行数据的某个Preamble时,或者,eNB在指示在Msg3发送上行数据的随机接入时频资源上检测到某个Preamble时,eNB确认有UE发送了Preamble且指示在Msg3发送上行数据,则eNB向该UE发送RAR,即为发送Msg2的过程。RAR中包含UE发送Msg3的TA和UL Grant。UL Grant指示较大的TBS,例如,其可传输1000bits以下的MAC PDU。S502: When the eNB detects a certain Preamble used to indicate the sending of uplink data on Msg3, or when the eNB indicates to detect a certain Preamble on the random access time-frequency resource for sending uplink data on Msg3, the eNB confirms that the UE has sent it. Preamble and indicates to send uplink data in Msg3, then the eNB sends RAR to the UE, which is the process of sending Msg2. The RAR contains the TA and UL Grant for the UE to send Msg3. UL Grant indicates a larger TBS, for example, it can transmit MAC PDUs of less than 1000 bits.
S503,当UE接收到eNB发送的RAR后,使用对应的TA和UL Grant,向eNB发送Msg3,其中包含RRC消息和上行数据。该RRC消息为RRC连接恢复请求(RRC connection Resume Request)。该RRC连接建立请求消息中携带Resume ID、恢复原因(resume Cause)、short Resume MAC-I。该RRC消息承载在公共控制信道(common control channel,CCCH),上行数据承载在专用业务信道(dedicated traffic channel,DTCH),该两个信道上的MAC SDU在MAC层进行复用,形成MAC PDU。此外,该上行数据需要使用密钥进行加密,该密钥由一个NCC推演出来,该NCC可以携带在之前eNB发送给UE的RRC连接释放(RRC connection Release)消息中。S503: After the UE receives the RAR sent by the eNB, it uses the corresponding TA and UL Grant to send the Msg3 to the eNB, which includes the RRC message and uplink data. The RRC message is an RRC connection Resume Request (RRC connection Resume Request). The RRC connection establishment request message carries the Resume ID, the resume cause (resume cause), and the short Resume MAC-I. The RRC message is carried on a common control channel (CCCH), and uplink data is carried on a dedicated traffic channel (DTCH). The MAC SDUs on the two channels are multiplexed at the MAC layer to form a MAC PDU. In addition, the uplink data needs to be encrypted with a key, which is derived by an NCC, and the NCC can be carried in the RRC connection release (RRC connection Release) message previously sent by the eNB to the UE.
S504,eNB向MME请求恢复UE的上下文(UE Context Resume Request)。S504: The eNB requests the MME to resume the context of the UE (UE Context Resume Request).
S505,MME与S-GW交互承载修改消息。S505: The MME and the S-GW exchange a bearer modification message.
S506,MME向eNB发送恢复响应消息(UE Context Resume Response)。S506: The MME sends a resume response message (UE Context Resume Response) to the eNB.
S507,eNB接收到MME发送的响应消息后,向S-GW发送上行数据。S507: After receiving the response message sent by the MME, the eNB sends uplink data to the S-GW.
S508,如果S-GW有下行数据需要发送给UE,即可将下行数据发送至eNB。S508: If the S-GW has downlink data that needs to be sent to the UE, the downlink data can be sent to the eNB.
S509,eNB向S-GW发送完上行数据后,若没有接收到下行数据,则向MME请求挂起UE的上下文。若接收到下行数据,同样向MME请求挂起UE的上下文。并且,MME 与S-GW交互承载修改消息。S509: After the eNB finishes sending the uplink data to the S-GW, if it does not receive the downlink data, it requests the MME to suspend the context of the UE. If downlink data is received, it also requests the MME to suspend the UE context. In addition, the MME and the S-GW exchange bearer modification messages.
S510,eNB向UE发送RRC Connection Release消息,该消息承载在专用控制信道(dedicated control channel,DCCH)上,该消息携带release Cause、resume ID、NCC。若eNB有UE下行数据,其承载在DTCH上,eNB将该下行数据与RRC Connection Release消息复用到一起,即将下行数据和RRC Connection Release一起发送给UE。S510: The eNB sends an RRC Connection Release message to the UE, the message is carried on a dedicated control channel (dedicated control channel, DCCH), and the message carries a release cause, resume ID, and NCC. If the eNB has UE downlink data, which is carried on the DTCH, the eNB multiplexes the downlink data with the RRC Connection Release message, that is, sends the downlink data together with the RRC Connection Release message to the UE.
应理解,在图8所示的流程中,UE一直是处于IDLE态,没有进入RRC连接态。UE与eNB之间传输完数据包后,eNB可挂起UE的上下文。It should be understood that in the process shown in FIG. 8, the UE is always in the IDLE state and has not entered the RRC connected state. After the data packet is transmitted between the UE and the eNB, the eNB can suspend the context of the UE.
图8所示的为UP方案的主要流程,下面将结合图9说明CP方案先数据早传的主要流程。如图9所示,Figure 8 shows the main flow of the UP scheme. The main flow of the CP scheme’s early data transmission will be described below in conjunction with Figure 9. As shown in Figure 9,
步骤A1至A3为下行数据触发的寻呼(paging)过程。与图4所示的对应步骤相同,具体的描述可以参考图4中对步骤A1至A3的描述,为了简洁,这里不再赘述。Steps A1 to A3 are the paging process triggered by the downlink data. It is the same as the corresponding steps shown in FIG. 4, and the specific description can refer to the description of steps A1 to A3 in FIG. 4. For brevity, details are not repeated here.
S601和S602与上述的步骤S501和S502相同,具体的描述可以参考图8中对S501和S502的描述,为了简洁,这里不再赘述。S601 and S602 are the same as the above-mentioned steps S501 and S502. For specific descriptions, reference may be made to the description of S501 and S502 in FIG. 8. For the sake of brevity, details are not repeated here.
S603,UE向eNB发送RRC数据早传请求(RRC Early Data Request),其中携带S-TMSI、建立原因(establishment Cause)、非接入层专用信息(dedicated Info NAS)。S-TMSI用于标识UE,establishment Cause用于指示发起请求的原因,dedicated Info NAS用于承载NAS消息,该NAS消息中携带上行数据,即UE发送的上行数据在NAS层以NAS消息形式进行封装,在AS层不使用安全保护,使用NAS层安全即可。所以CP方案中没有NCC和AS安全密钥的问题。S603: The UE sends an RRC Early Data Request (RRC Early Data Request) to the eNB, which carries the S-TMSI, the establishment cause, and the dedicated Info NAS (dedicated Info NAS). S-TMSI is used to identify the UE, establishment Cause is used to indicate the reason for initiating the request, dedicated Info NAS is used to carry NAS messages, which carry uplink data, that is, the uplink data sent by the UE is encapsulated in the form of NAS messages at the NAS layer , Do not use security protection at the AS layer, just use the NAS layer security. Therefore, there is no issue of NCC and AS security keys in the CP scheme.
S604,eNB向MME发送初始化UE消息(Initial UE message),其中携带包含上行数据的非接入层信息(NAS message)。S604: The eNB sends an Initial UE message (Initial UE message) to the MME, which carries non-access stratum information (NAS message) including uplink data.
S605,MME与S-GW交互承载修改。S605: The MME and the S-GW exchange bearer modification.
S606,MME向S-GW发送上行数据。S606: The MME sends uplink data to the S-GW.
S607,若S-GW有下行数据,S-GW向MME发送下行数据。S607: If the S-GW has downlink data, the S-GW sends the downlink data to the MME.
S608,若S-GW有下行数据发至MME,则MME向eNB发送包含下行数据的NAS消息,可选地,MME可向eNB指示该下行数据的大小。S608: If the S-GW has downlink data to send to the MME, the MME sends a NAS message containing the downlink data to the eNB. Optionally, the MME may indicate the size of the downlink data to the eNB.
S609,若没有下行数据,或下行数据较小,eNB触发连接释放流程,并且,MME与S-GW交互承载修改消息。S609: If there is no downlink data or the downlink data is small, the eNB triggers a connection release procedure, and the MME and the S-GW exchange a bearer modification message.
S610,eNB向UE发送RRC数据早传完成(RRC Early Data Complete)消息,其中可以携带NAS消息,该NAS消息中携带下行数据。S610: The eNB sends an RRC Early Data Complete (RRC Early Data Complete) message to the UE, which may carry a NAS message, and the NAS message carries downlink data.
应理解,在图9所示的流程中,UE一直是处于IDLE态,没有进入RRC连接态。UE与eNB之间传输完数据包后,eNB将释放掉UE。It should be understood that in the process shown in FIG. 9, the UE is always in the IDLE state and has not entered the RRC connected state. After the data packet is transmitted between the UE and the eNB, the eNB will release the UE.
通过上述的描述可以看出,在目前的上行数据早传的UP方案中,eNB在Msg3之后向UE发送下行数据,eNB会通过Msg3获取resume ID,通过Resume ID获取UE的上下文,使用UE的上下文中的安全信息对下行数据进行加密。然后将加密后的下行数据发送给UE。对于下行小数据的场景,例如,核心网侧有终端设备的下行数据到达,且下行数据的数据量较小,此时可以使用上行数据早传在Msg3之后,例如,接入网设备利用Msg4将下行数据发送至终端设备。显然,从终端设备接收寻呼消息开始,终端设备需要经过Msg1、Msg2、Msg3之后才可以接收到eNB发送的下行数据,针对小数据量的下行数据 包传输,其传输效率依然不高。若在Msg3之前发送下行数据,在UP方案中,由于eNB没有resume ID,无法获取UE的上下文,进而无法对下行数据进行安全保护,且eNB因缺少UE的上下文(例如接入层AS的配置等)无法在空口进行数据传输,这将会严重影响下行数据传输的安全性和可靠性,严重影响数据传输的效率,降低了通信质量。It can be seen from the above description that in the current UP scheme for early transmission of uplink data, the eNB sends downlink data to the UE after Msg3. The eNB will obtain the resume ID through Msg3, obtain the UE context through the Resume ID, and use the UE context The security information in encrypts the downstream data. Then send the encrypted downlink data to the UE. For the scenario of small downlink data, for example, the core network side has the downlink data of the terminal equipment arriving, and the data volume of the downlink data is small. In this case, the uplink data can be used to transmit early after Msg3. For example, the access network equipment uses Msg4 to transfer The downlink data is sent to the terminal equipment. Obviously, starting from the terminal device receiving the paging message, the terminal device needs to go through Msg1, Msg2, and Msg3 before it can receive the downlink data sent by the eNB. For the transmission of small data volume downlink packets, the transmission efficiency is still not high. If the downlink data is sent before Msg3, in the UP scheme, because the eNB does not have a resume ID, the context of the UE cannot be obtained, and the downlink data cannot be secured, and the eNB lacks the context of the UE (such as the configuration of the access layer AS, etc. ) Unable to perform data transmission on the air interface, which will seriously affect the security and reliability of downlink data transmission, seriously affect the efficiency of data transmission, and reduce communication quality.
基于上述问题,本申请提供了一种信息传输的方法,通过eNB将已经被挂起UE的上下文的相关信息通知给核心网设备,从而在核心网设备有UE的下行数据时,核心网设备可以将该UE的上下文的相关信息通知给eNB,从而在该eNB接收到该下行数据时,使得该eNB可以根据该上下文的相关信息获取该UE的上下文,然后根据该UE的上下文将该下行数据发送给UE。本申请实施例实现了下行数据的早传。例如,下行数据可以在Msg4之前或者Msg3之前发送至UE,节省了因发送下行数据而引起的过多功率开销,提高了通信的效率。Based on the above problems, this application provides a method for information transmission. The eNB notifies the core network device of the relevant information about the context of the suspended UE, so that when the core network device has downlink data from the UE, the core network device can Notify the eNB of the relevant information about the context of the UE, so that when the eNB receives the downlink data, the eNB can obtain the context of the UE according to the relevant information of the context, and then send the downlink data according to the context of the UE To the UE. The embodiment of this application realizes early transmission of downlink data. For example, the downlink data can be sent to the UE before Msg4 or Msg3, which saves excessive power overhead caused by sending downlink data and improves communication efficiency.
下面结合图10详细说明本申请提供的信息传输的方法,图10是本申请一个实施例的信息传输的方法700的示意性交互图,该方法700可以应用在图1至图9所示的场景中,当然也可以应用在其他通信场景中,本申请实施例在此不作限制。The information transmission method provided by this application will be described in detail below with reference to FIG. 10. FIG. 10 is a schematic interaction diagram of an information transmission method 700 according to an embodiment of this application. The method 700 can be applied to the scenarios shown in FIGS. 1 to 9 Of course, it can also be applied in other communication scenarios, and the embodiments of the present application are not limited herein.
应理解,在本申请实施例中,以终端设备、第一接入网设备和核心网设备作为各个实施例的执行方法的执行主体为例,对各个实施例的方法进行说明。第一接入网设备可以是上述的接入网设备,例如,可以为eNB,gNB等。核心网设备可以为S-GW,或者为MME,或者为SMF,或者为AMF或者为UPF等。终端设备可以是上述的终端设备,例如,UE等。本申请实施例在此不作限制。作为示例而非限定,执行方法的执行主体也可以是应用于终端设备的芯片和应用于第一接入网设备以及核心网设备的芯片。It should be understood that, in the embodiments of the present application, the terminal device, the first access network device, and the core network device are used as an example to execute the execution methods of the respective embodiments to describe the methods of the respective embodiments. The first access network device may be the aforementioned access network device, for example, it may be an eNB, a gNB, or the like. The core network equipment may be S-GW, or MME, or SMF, or AMF or UPF, and so on. The terminal device may be the above-mentioned terminal device, for example, UE. The embodiments of the application are not limited here. As an example and not a limitation, the execution subject of the execution method may also be a chip applied to the terminal device and a chip applied to the first access network device and the core network device.
如图10所示,图10中示出的方法700可以包括步骤S710至步骤S740。下面结合图10详细说明方法700中的各个步骤。As shown in FIG. 10, the method 700 shown in FIG. 10 may include step S710 to step S740. The steps in the method 700 are described in detail below with reference to FIG. 10.
S710,核心网设备确定第一信息。该第一信息用于第一接入网设备确定终端设备的上下文,或者,该第一信息用于标识终端设备的上下文。该上下文可以用于该第一接入网设备向该终端设备发送下行数据。可选地,该上下文是挂起的或去激活的。S710: The core network device determines the first information. The first information is used by the first access network device to determine the context of the terminal device, or the first information is used to identify the context of the terminal device. The context may be used by the first access network device to send downlink data to the terminal device. Optionally, the context is suspended or deactivated.
S720,该核心网设备向该第一接入网设备发送该第一信息。S720. The core network device sends the first information to the first access network device.
相应的,第一接入网设备从核心网设备接收该第一信息。Correspondingly, the first access network device receives the first information from the core network device.
S730,该第一接入网设备根据该第一信息,确定该上下文。S730. The first access network device determines the context according to the first information.
S740,该第一接入网设备根据该上下文,向该终端设备发送该下行数据。S740: The first access network device sends the downlink data to the terminal device according to the context.
相应的,该终端设备接收该下行数据。Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the downlink data.
具体而言,在步骤S710中,核心网设备会确定第一信息,该第一信息用于第一接入网设备确定终端设备的上下文(UE context),该上下文用于该第一接入网设备向该终端设备发送下行数据。终端设备的上下文可以包括该终端设备的资源配置信息、加密算法、密钥、该终端设备的能力信息等。其中,该终端设备的上下文是挂起(suspended)的或去激活(inactive)的。即第一接入网设备释放了与该终端设备之间的RRC连接,但不释放终端设备的上下文。第一接入网设备与该终端设备之间处于RRC空闲态或RRC非激活态,但是第一接入网设备和该终端设备均保存该终端设备的上下文。第一接入网设备在向终端设备发送下行数据时,可以利用该上下文向该终端设发送下行数据。Specifically, in step S710, the core network device determines first information, and the first information is used by the first access network device to determine the context (UE context) of the terminal device, and the context is used for the first access network. The device sends downlink data to the terminal device. The context of the terminal device may include the resource configuration information, encryption algorithm, key, and capability information of the terminal device of the terminal device. Among them, the context of the terminal device is suspended or inactive. That is, the first access network device releases the RRC connection with the terminal device, but does not release the context of the terminal device. The first access network device and the terminal device are in an RRC idle state or an RRC inactive state, but both the first access network device and the terminal device save the context of the terminal device. When the first access network device sends downlink data to the terminal device, it can use the context to send downlink data to the terminal device.
当核心网设备有终端设备的下行数据时,在S720中,该核心网设备向该第一接入网 设备发送该第一信息。相应的,第一接入网设备从核心网设备接收该第一信息。When the core network device has downlink data of the terminal device, in S720, the core network device sends the first information to the first access network device. Correspondingly, the first access network device receives the first information from the core network device.
可选的,在第一接入网设备接收到该第一信息后,第一接入网设备可以向核心网设备发送恢复UE上下文请求,用于请求恢复该终端设备的上下文,在核心网设备接收到该恢复UE上下文请求后,可以向该第一接入网设备发送该恢复UE上下文响应,用于指示该第一接入网设备恢复该UE的上下文。Optionally, after the first access network device receives the first information, the first access network device may send a UE context recovery request to the core network device for requesting to restore the context of the terminal device. After receiving the UE context recovery request, the UE context recovery response may be sent to the first access network device to instruct the first access network device to recover the UE context.
在步骤S730中,该第一接入网设备可以根据该第一信息(或者核心网设备发送的恢复UE上下文响应),确定(恢复)该上下文。由于该上下文是挂起的,确定该上下文可以理解为恢复或者激活该上下文,该上下文经过恢复或者激活后处于可以被使用的状态。而该上下文被挂起后,该上下文只是被存储起来,在发送下行数据时是不能被使用的。In step S730, the first access network device may determine (restore) the context according to the first information (or the restore UE context response sent by the core network device). Since the context is suspended, determining the context can be understood as restoring or activating the context, and the context is in a state that can be used after restoration or activation. After the context is suspended, the context is only stored and cannot be used when sending downlink data.
可选的,该方法700还可以包括:核心网设备将下行数据发送给该第一接入网设备。Optionally, the method 700 may further include: the core network device sending downlink data to the first access network device.
在步骤S740中,该第一接入网设备根据该上下文,在接收到核心网设备发送的该终端设备的下行数据时,可以根据该上下文,向该终端设备发送该下行数据。例如,第一接入网设备可以根据该上下文,确定发送该下行数据的时频资源以及发送功率、编码方式、接入层AS的配置、发送该下行数据的空口等。第一接入网设备根据该上下文向终端设备发送该下行数据,减少发送下行数据引起的终端功耗开销,提高了下行数据发送的效率和可靠性。In step S740, the first access network device may send the downlink data to the terminal device according to the context when receiving the downlink data of the terminal device sent by the core network device according to the context. For example, the first access network device may determine the time-frequency resource and transmission power for sending the downlink data, coding mode, configuration of the access layer AS, and air interface for sending the downlink data according to the context. The first access network device sends the downlink data to the terminal device according to the context, reducing terminal power consumption overhead caused by sending the downlink data, and improving the efficiency and reliability of downlink data sending.
可选的,该方法700中的步骤S710和/或步骤S730可以为可选步骤。Optionally, step S710 and/or step S730 in the method 700 may be optional steps.
本申请提供的信息传输的方法,核心网设备将用于第一接入网设备确定终端设备的上下文的第一信息通知给第一接入网设备。其中,该终端设备的上下文是已经被挂起的。第一接入网设备可以根据该第一信息,确定(恢复或者激活)终端设备的上下文,从而在接收到核心网设备发送的下行数据时,可以根据该上下文,向终端设备发送该下行数据。可以实现下行数据较早的发送到终端设备,例如,下行数据可以在Msg4之前或者Msg3之前发送给终端设备,减少终端接收下行数据的功耗开销,提高了下行数据发送的效率和可靠性,从而提高通信效率。In the information transmission method provided in this application, the core network device notifies the first access network device of the first information used for the first access network device to determine the context of the terminal device. Among them, the context of the terminal device has been suspended. The first access network device may determine (restore or activate) the context of the terminal device according to the first information, so that when receiving downlink data sent by the core network device, it may send the downlink data to the terminal device according to the context. The downlink data can be sent to the terminal device earlier. For example, the downlink data can be sent to the terminal device before Msg4 or Msg3, which reduces the power consumption overhead of the terminal receiving downlink data and improves the efficiency and reliability of downlink data transmission. Improve communication efficiency.
如图11所示,图11是本申请一些实施例中的信息传输的方法的示意性交互图,在一些实施例中,该上下文包括安全上下文。在图10所示的方法步骤S740:该第一接入网设备根据该上下文,向该终端设备发送该下行数据,包括:As shown in FIG. 11, FIG. 11 is a schematic interaction diagram of an information transmission method in some embodiments of the present application. In some embodiments, the context includes a security context. In step S740 of the method shown in FIG. 10: the first access network device sending the downlink data to the terminal device according to the context includes:
S741,第一接入网设备根据该安全上下文对所述下行数据进行加密和/或完整性保护;S741: The first access network device encrypts and/or integrity protects the downlink data according to the security context.
S742,第一接入网设备向终端设备发送加密和/或完整性保护后的该下行数据。S742: The first access network device sends the encrypted and/or integrity-protected downlink data to the terminal device.
具体而言,图11中所示的步骤S710至S730的描述可以参考上述图10中对步骤S710至S730的描述,为了简洁,这里不再赘述。Specifically, for the description of steps S710 to S730 shown in FIG. 11, reference may be made to the description of steps S710 to S730 in FIG. 10, which is not repeated here for brevity.
该终端设备的上下文包括安全上下文,安全上下文主要用于第一接入网设备对需要发送给该终端设备的下行数据进行加密和/或完整性保护等,确保下行数据的传输的安全性和完整性。上述的步骤S740可以进一步的包括步骤S741和步骤S742,在步骤S741中,第一接入网设备根据该安全上下文,对该下行数据进行加密和/或完整性保护。例如,可以利用该安全上下文中的密钥K UPint对该下行数据进行完整性保护,利用安全上下文中的NCC确定或推演新的安全密钥,利用新的安全秘钥对该下行数据进行加密。例如,利用NCC推演K eNB,再根据K eNB推演K RRCint、K UPint、K RRCenc、K UPenc,利用K UPenc对该下行数据进行加密,替代上述利用安全上下文中的密钥K UPint对下行数据进行完整性保护的方 法,该下行数据可以使用上述推演出的K UPint进行完整性保护。在步骤S742中,第一接入网设备可以向终端设备发送经过加密和/或完整性保护后的下行数据。在该实现方式中,通过利用安全上下文对下行数据进行加密和/或完整性保护,然后将经过加密和/或完整性保护的下行数据发送给终端设备,可以提高下行数据传输的安全性和可靠性,进一步的提高下行数据传输的保障。 The context of the terminal device includes a security context. The security context is mainly used by the first access network device to encrypt and/or integrity protect the downlink data that needs to be sent to the terminal device, to ensure the security and integrity of the downlink data transmission Sex. The aforementioned step S740 may further include steps S741 and S742. In step S741, the first access network device encrypts and/or integrity protects the downlink data according to the security context. For example, the key K UPint in the security context can be used to protect the integrity of the downlink data, the NCC in the security context can be used to determine or derive a new security key, and the new security key can be used to encrypt the downlink data. For example, use NCC to derive K eNB , and then derive K RRCint , K UPint , K RRCenc , and K UPenc based on K eNB , and use K UPenc to encrypt the downlink data, instead of using the key K UPint in the security context to perform downlink data. The method of integrity protection, the downlink data can be integrity protected using the K UPint deduced above. In step S742, the first access network device may send the encrypted and/or integrity-protected downlink data to the terminal device. In this implementation, the downlink data is encrypted and/or integrity protected by using the security context, and then the encrypted and/or integrity protected downlink data is sent to the terminal device, which can improve the security and reliability of downlink data transmission It further improves the guarantee of downlink data transmission.
在本申请的一些实施例中,在核心网设备将该下行数据发送给第一接入网设备后,第一接入网设备可以根据该上下文,将该下行数据发送给该终端设备。可选的,第一接入网设备可以通过如下四种方式向终端设备发送该下行数据。In some embodiments of the present application, after the core network device sends the downlink data to the first access network device, the first access network device may send the downlink data to the terminal device according to the context. Optionally, the first access network device may send the downlink data to the terminal device in the following four ways.
第一种:第一接入网设备可以向终端设备发送寻呼消息,该寻呼消息包括该下行数据。该寻呼消息可以是图4所示的流程中的A3 paging。第一接入网设备通过Uu接口向终端设备发送的寻呼消息(Uu paging),该寻呼消息中携带该下行数据。可选的,该寻呼消息还包括第二指示信息,该第二指示信息用于指示该终端设备恢复或者激活该上下文。恢复或者激活该上下文可以包括SRB、DRB的承载恢复,AS层安全上下文的建立等。在终端设备恢复了该上下文后,可以根据该上下文接收该下行数据,例如,可以利用该上下文中的安全信息对该下行数据进行解密等。该寻呼消息相当于终端设备从第一接入网设备接收的第二信息。在该实现方式中,通过将下行数据携带在该寻呼消息中一起发送给终端设备,可以减小信令的开销,提高资源的利用效率。The first type: the first access network device may send a paging message to the terminal device, and the paging message includes the downlink data. The paging message may be A3 paging in the process shown in FIG. 4. A paging message (Uu paging) sent by the first access network device to the terminal device through the Uu interface, and the paging message carries the downlink data. Optionally, the paging message further includes second indication information, and the second indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to restore or activate the context. Restoring or activating the context may include SRB, DRB bearer restoration, and AS layer security context establishment. After the terminal device restores the context, the downlink data can be received according to the context, for example, the security information in the context can be used to decrypt the downlink data. The paging message is equivalent to the second information received by the terminal device from the first access network device. In this implementation manner, by carrying the downlink data in the paging message and sending it to the terminal device together, the signaling overhead can be reduced and the resource utilization efficiency can be improved.
第二种:第一接入网设备可以在向终端设备发送寻呼消息的寻呼时机(Paging Occasion,PO)向终端设备发送下行数据,例如,在PO发送调度信息,该调度信息用于调度下行数据。在一种可能的实现方式中,第一接入网设备不向终端设备发送寻呼消息(Uu paging),而是在发送该寻呼消息的时机,向终端设备发送调度信息,该调度信息用于指示终端设备接收该下行数据,可选的,该调度信息可以包括该下行数据的时频资源位置以及相关的传输参数等。可选的,该调度信息还包括第二指示信息,该第二指示信息用于指示该终端设备恢复或者激活该上下文。恢复或者激活该上下文可以包括SRB、DRB的承载恢复,AS层安全上下文的建立等。该调度信息相当于终端设备从第一接入网设备接收的第二信息。在终端设备恢复了该上下文后,终端设备根据该上下文接收该下行数据。例如,可以利用该上下文中的安全信息对该下行数据进行解密等。在第一接入网设备向该终端设备发送该调度信息后,第一接入网设备可以根据该上下文,向该终端设备发送该下行数据。相应的,终端设备接收该下行数据,进一步的,可以利用该上下文中的安全信息对该下行数据进行解密等。The second type: the first access network device can send downlink data to the terminal device at the paging occasion (Paging Occasion, PO) when sending a paging message to the terminal device, for example, send scheduling information at the PO, and the scheduling information is used for scheduling Downlink data. In a possible implementation manner, the first access network device does not send a paging message (Uu paging) to the terminal device, but instead sends scheduling information to the terminal device when the paging message is sent. The scheduling information is used To instruct the terminal equipment to receive the downlink data, optionally, the scheduling information may include the time-frequency resource location of the downlink data and related transmission parameters. Optionally, the scheduling information further includes second indication information, and the second indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to restore or activate the context. Restoring or activating the context may include SRB, DRB bearer restoration, and AS layer security context establishment. The scheduling information is equivalent to the second information received by the terminal device from the first access network device. After the terminal device restores the context, the terminal device receives the downlink data according to the context. For example, the security information in the context can be used to decrypt the downlink data. After the first access network device sends the scheduling information to the terminal device, the first access network device may send the downlink data to the terminal device according to the context. Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the downlink data, and further, can use the security information in the context to decrypt the downlink data.
第三种:第一接入网设备向终端设备发送寻呼消息(Uu paging),该寻呼消息包括调度信息,该调度信息用于调度下行数据,例如,该调度信息用于指示终端设备接收该下行数据,可选的,该调度信息可以包括该下行数据的时频资源位置以及相关的传输参数等。可选的,该寻呼消息还包括第二指示信息,该第二指示信息用于指示该终端设备恢复或者激活该上下文。该寻呼消息相当于终端设备从第一接入网设备接收的第二信息。在第一接入网设备向该终端设备发送该寻呼消息后,第一接入网设备便可以根据该上下文,向该终端设备发送该下行数据。相应的,终端设备接收该下行数据,进一步的,可以利用该上下文中的安全信息对该下行数据进行解密等。The third type: the first access network device sends a paging message (Uu paging) to the terminal device. The paging message includes scheduling information. The scheduling information is used to schedule downlink data. For example, the scheduling information is used to instruct the terminal device to receive The downlink data, optionally, the scheduling information may include the time-frequency resource location of the downlink data and related transmission parameters. Optionally, the paging message further includes second indication information, and the second indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to restore or activate the context. The paging message is equivalent to the second information received by the terminal device from the first access network device. After the first access network device sends the paging message to the terminal device, the first access network device can send the downlink data to the terminal device according to the context. Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the downlink data, and further, can use the security information in the context to decrypt the downlink data.
第四种:第一接入网设备向终端设备发送寻呼消息(Uu paging),该寻呼消息包括第 一资源的配置信息,该第一资源用于终端设备向该第一接入网设备发送下行数据请求。例如,该第一资源可以是PRACH时频资源和/或Preamble资源。该下行数据请求可以是隐含指示的,例如,终端设备通过向第一接入网设备发送Preamble来指示下行数据请求。可选的,该寻呼消息还包括第二指示信息,该第二指示信息用于指示该终端设备恢复或者激活该上下文。该寻呼消息相当于终端设备从第一接入网设备接收的第二信息。该第二指示信息可以是隐含指示的,例如,若寻呼消息包含第一资源的配置信息,则隐含指示该终端设备恢复或者激活该上下文。然后,终端设备在接收到该寻呼消息时,若该寻呼消息包含第一资源的配置信息,则终端设备向该第一接入网设备发送下行数据请求。同时,该终端设备恢复或激活该上下文。第一接入网设备根据接收到的该下行数据请求向该终端设备发送下行数据。The fourth type: the first access network device sends a paging message (Uu paging) to the terminal device, the paging message includes the configuration information of the first resource, and the first resource is used by the terminal device to send a paging message to the first access network device. Send a downlink data request. For example, the first resource may be PRACH time-frequency resource and/or Preamble resource. The downlink data request may be an implicit indication. For example, the terminal device indicates the downlink data request by sending a Preamble to the first access network device. Optionally, the paging message further includes second indication information, and the second indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to restore or activate the context. The paging message is equivalent to the second information received by the terminal device from the first access network device. The second indication information may be an implicit indication. For example, if the paging message includes the configuration information of the first resource, it implicitly instructs the terminal device to restore or activate the context. Then, when the terminal device receives the paging message, if the paging message contains the configuration information of the first resource, the terminal device sends a downlink data request to the first access network device. At the same time, the terminal device restores or activates the context. The first access network device sends downlink data to the terminal device according to the received downlink data request.
在本申请一些实施例中,第一接入网设备向终端设备发送的第二信息可以为该寻呼消息,该寻呼消息还包括调度信息,该调度信息用于调度该下行数据,或者,该第二信息可为调度信息,该调度信息用于调度该下行数据。该第二信息包括第二指示信息,该第二指示信息用于指示该终端设备恢复该终端设备的上下文。In some embodiments of the present application, the second information sent by the first access network device to the terminal device may be the paging message, and the paging message also includes scheduling information, and the scheduling information is used to schedule the downlink data, or, The second information may be scheduling information, and the scheduling information is used to schedule the downlink data. The second information includes second indication information, and the second indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to restore the context of the terminal device.
应理解,上述的四种方式只是示例性的,不应该对本申请的实施例造成任何限制,第一接入网设备还可以利用其他方式向终端设备发送该下行数据。例如,第一接入网设备可以先向终端设备发送寻呼消息,该寻呼消息还用于指示该终端设备恢复或者激活该上下文。然后第一接入网设备可以向终端设备发送调度信息,该调度信息用于调度该下行数据。最后第一接入网设备可以向终端设备发送该下行数据。本申请实施例在此不作限制。It should be understood that the above four methods are only exemplary and should not cause any limitation to the embodiments of the present application. The first access network device may also use other methods to send the downlink data to the terminal device. For example, the first access network device may first send a paging message to the terminal device, and the paging message is also used to instruct the terminal device to restore or activate the context. Then the first access network device may send scheduling information to the terminal device, where the scheduling information is used to schedule the downlink data. Finally, the first access network device can send the downlink data to the terminal device. The embodiments of the application are not limited here.
可选的,在本申请的一些实施例中,该第一信息包括:Optionally, in some embodiments of the present application, the first information includes:
该终端设备的第一标识和该上下文,该第一标识由该核心网设备分配;或者,The first identifier of the terminal device and the context, where the first identifier is allocated by the core network device; or,
该第一信息包括该终端设备的第二标识,该第二标识由该第一接入网设备分配,该第二标识用于标识该上下文;或者,The first information includes a second identifier of the terminal device, the second identifier is allocated by the first access network device, and the second identifier is used to identify the context; or,
该第一信息包括该终端设备的第二标识和该上下文。The first information includes the second identifier of the terminal device and the context.
具体而言,由于第一信息是用于第一接入网设备确定该终端设备的上下文。在一些可能的实现方式中,该第一信息包括该终端设备的第一标识和该上下文。该终端设备的第一标识可以是该终端设备的S-TMSI或者IMSI。S-TMSI是由核心网设备分配的用于标识该终端设备的ID。IMSI存储在该终端设备的客户识别模块(subscriber identity module,SIM)卡中。该上下文属于该终端设备,该上下文与第一标识对应,根据第一标识,第一接入网设备可以确定该终端设备,该第一接入网设备可能是挂起该上下文的接入网设备,也可能不是挂起该上下文的接入网设备。当第一接入网设备是挂起该上下文的接入网设备时,第一接入网设备本身是存储有该上下文的。当第一接入网设备不是挂起该上下文的接入网设备时,第一接入网设备本身是没有存储有该上下文的。Specifically, the first information is used by the first access network device to determine the context of the terminal device. In some possible implementation manners, the first information includes the first identifier of the terminal device and the context. The first identifier of the terminal device may be the S-TMSI or IMSI of the terminal device. S-TMSI is an ID assigned by the core network device to identify the terminal device. The IMSI is stored in the subscriber identity module (SIM) card of the terminal device. The context belongs to the terminal device, and the context corresponds to the first identifier. According to the first identifier, the first access network device can determine the terminal device, and the first access network device may be the access network device that suspends the context , Or it may not be the access network device that suspends the context. When the first access network device is the access network device that suspends the context, the first access network device itself stores the context. When the first access network device is not the access network device that suspends the context, the first access network device itself does not store the context.
当第一信息包括该终端设备的第一标识和该上下文时,无论该第一接入网设备是否是挂起该上下文的接入网设备,都可以根据第一信息获取或确定该上下文。When the first information includes the first identifier of the terminal device and the context, regardless of whether the first access network device is an access network device that suspends the context, the context can be obtained or determined according to the first information.
当该第一信息包括该终端设备的第二标识时,该第二标识由该第一接入网设备分配,该第二标识用于标识该上下文,例如,该第二标识可以是resume ID。当第一接入网设备是挂起该上下文的接入网设备,第一接入网设备本身是存储有该上下文的。第一接入网设备可以根据该第二标识,获取该上下文。当第一接入网设备不是挂起该上下文的接入网设 备时,第一接入网设备本身是没有存储该上下文的。第一接入网设备可以利用resume ID,向挂起该上下文的接入网设备请求该上下文,第一接入网设备可以从挂起该上下文的接入网设备处获取该上下文。When the first information includes the second identifier of the terminal device, the second identifier is allocated by the first access network device, and the second identifier is used to identify the context. For example, the second identifier may be a resume ID. When the first access network device is the access network device that suspends the context, the first access network device itself stores the context. The first access network device may obtain the context according to the second identifier. When the first access network device is not the access network device that suspends the context, the first access network device itself does not store the context. The first access network device can use the resume ID to request the context from the access network device that has suspended the context, and the first access network device can obtain the context from the access network device that has suspended the context.
在本申请实施例中,挂起或恢复上下文也可称为挂起或恢复终端设备的RRC连接。In the embodiments of the present application, suspending or resuming the context may also be referred to as suspending or resuming the RRC connection of the terminal device.
当该第一信息包括该终端设备的第二标识和该上下文时,无论该第一接入网设备是否是挂起该上下文的接入网设备,都可以根据该第一信息获取或确定该上下文。When the first information includes the second identifier of the terminal device and the context, regardless of whether the first access network device is the access network device that suspends the context, the context can be obtained or determined according to the first information .
应理解,上述的对于第一信息所包括的内容不应该对第一信息包括的内容造成限制。例如,第一信息还可以包括其他的用于该第一接入网设备确定该上下文的内容等。例如,该第一信息还可以包括第一标识、第二标以及该上下文。本申请实施例在此不作限制。It should be understood that the above-mentioned content included in the first information should not limit the content included in the first information. For example, the first information may also include other content used by the first access network device to determine the context. For example, the first information may also include the first identifier, the second identifier, and the context. The embodiments of the application are not limited here.
可选的,在本申请的一些实施例中,该第一信息还包括第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示该下行数据会触发该终端设备发送上行数据、该下行数据不会触发该终端设备发送上行数据、该下行数据只包含一个数据包中的至少一个。Optionally, in some embodiments of the present application, the first information further includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate that the downlink data will trigger the terminal device to send uplink data, and the downlink data will not trigger The terminal device sends uplink data, and the downlink data only includes at least one of a data packet.
具体而言,当核心网设备有终端设备的下行数据需要传输时,核心网设备向该第一接入网设备发送该第一信息。进一步的,该第一信息还可以包括该第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示该下行数据会触发该终端设备发送上行数据、该下行数据不会触发该终端设备发送上行数据、该下行数据仅包括一个数据包中的至少一个。例如,该第一指示信息可以指示以下四种信息中的一个或者多个:Specifically, when the core network device has downlink data of the terminal device that needs to be transmitted, the core network device sends the first information to the first access network device. Further, the first information may also include the first indication information, which is used to indicate that the downlink data will trigger the terminal device to send uplink data, the downlink data will not trigger the terminal device to send uplink data, the The downlink data only includes at least one of a data packet. For example, the first indication information may indicate one or more of the following four types of information:
a)该下行数据只有一个数据包;a) The downlink data has only one data packet;
b)该下行数据的数据包的大小(size)小于一个门限;b) The size of the downstream data packet (size) is less than a threshold;
c)该下行数据包不会触发上行数据;c) The downlink data packet will not trigger the uplink data;
d)该下行数据包会触发上行数据。d) The downlink data packet will trigger the uplink data.
该下行数据只包括一个数据包可以视为该下行数据的数据量。该第一指示信息还可以用于指示该下行数据的数据量,该数据量可以是该下行数据的大小,例如,该下行数据包括的数据包的个数、每个数据包的大小等。本申请中对于下行数据的数据量的具体表现形式不作限制。The downlink data including only one data packet can be regarded as the data volume of the downlink data. The first indication information may also be used to indicate the data amount of the downlink data, and the data amount may be the size of the downlink data, for example, the number of data packets included in the downlink data, the size of each data packet, and the like. In this application, there is no restriction on the specific representation form of the data volume of the downlink data.
核心网设备通过将下行数据的相关信息携带在该第一信息中通知给该第一接入网设备,使得第一接入网设备根据该第一信息获取下行数据的信息和获取该终端设备的上下文,以实现对下行数据的早传,提高了该下行数据传输的效率。The core network device notifies the first access network device by carrying relevant information about the downlink data in the first information, so that the first access network device obtains information about the downlink data and obtains the information of the terminal device according to the first information. Context, in order to realize the early transmission of downlink data, and improve the efficiency of the downlink data transmission.
如图12所示,图12是本申请一些实施例中的信息传输的方法的示意性交互图,在一些实施例中,在图10所示的方法步骤S710之前,该方法700包括:As shown in FIG. 12, FIG. 12 is a schematic interaction diagram of an information transmission method in some embodiments of the present application. In some embodiments, before step S710 of the method shown in FIG. 10, the method 700 includes:
S705,该第一接入网设备向该核心网设备发送第一请求,该第一请求用于请求挂起或去激活该上下文,该第一请求包括第三信息,该第三信息用于第一接入网设备确定终端设备的上下文;相应的,核心网设备接收该第一请求。S705. The first access network device sends a first request to the core network device, where the first request is used to request to suspend or deactivate the context, the first request includes third information, and the third information is used for the first request. An access network device determines the context of the terminal device; correspondingly, the core network device receives the first request.
S706,该核心网设备向该第一接入网设备发送响应于该第一请求的第一响应消息,该第一响应消息用于指示该第一接入网设备挂起或去激活该上下文。相应的,该第一接入网设备从该核心网设备接收响应于该第一请求的第一响应消息。S706: The core network device sends a first response message in response to the first request to the first access network device, where the first response message is used to instruct the first access network device to suspend or deactivate the context. Correspondingly, the first access network device receives a first response message in response to the first request from the core network device.
S707,该第一接入网设备根据该第一响应消息,挂起或去激活该终端设备的该上下文。S707: The first access network device suspends or deactivates the context of the terminal device according to the first response message.
S708,该第一接入网设备向该终端设备发送第三指示信息,该第三指示信息用于指示挂起或去激活该终端设备的该上下文,相应的,该终端设备从该第一接入网设备接收第三 指示信息。S708. The first access network device sends third instruction information to the terminal device, where the third instruction information is used to instruct to suspend or deactivate the context of the terminal device. Accordingly, the terminal device receives from the first terminal device. The network access device receives the third indication information.
S709,该终端设备根据该第三指示信息,挂起或去激活该终端设备的该上下文。S709: The terminal device suspends or deactivates the context of the terminal device according to the third indication information.
具体而言,图12中所示的步骤S710至S740的描述可以参考上述图10和图11中对步骤S710至S740的描述,为了简洁,这里不再赘述。Specifically, for the description of steps S710 to S740 shown in FIG. 12, reference may be made to the description of steps S710 to S740 in FIG. 10 and FIG. 11. For brevity, details are not repeated here.
如图12所示,在S705中,第一接入网设备决定挂起该终端的上下文,例如当第一接入网设备判断出该终端设备没有上下行数据时,第一接入网设备决定挂起该终端的上下文。挂起该终端的上下文可以理解为第一接入网设备释放与该终端设备的RRC连接,第一接入网设备保存该上下文。该第一接入网设备向核心网设备发送第一请求,该第一请求用于请求挂起或去激活该上下文,该第一请求包括第三信息,该第三信息用于第一接入网设备确定终端设备的上下文。该第三信息可以包括第一标识和该上下文,或者,该第三信息可以包括该终端设备的第二标识和该上下文,或者该第三信息可以包括该终端设备的第二标识。应理解,上述的第一信息可以包括该第三信息。或者,上述的第一信息可以和该第三信息相同,即第一信息包括的内容和第三信息包括的内容相同。或者,第三信息可以包括上述的第一信息。As shown in Figure 12, in S705, the first access network device decides to suspend the context of the terminal. For example, when the first access network device determines that the terminal device has no uplink and downlink data, the first access network device decides Suspend the context of this terminal. Suspending the context of the terminal can be understood as the first access network device releasing the RRC connection with the terminal device, and the first access network device saves the context. The first access network device sends a first request to the core network device, the first request is used to request suspension or deactivation of the context, the first request includes third information, and the third information is used for the first access The network device determines the context of the terminal device. The third information may include the first identifier and the context, or the third information may include the second identifier of the terminal device and the context, or the third information may include the second identifier of the terminal device. It should be understood that the foregoing first information may include the third information. Alternatively, the aforementioned first information may be the same as the third information, that is, the content included in the first information and the content included in the third information are the same. Alternatively, the third information may include the aforementioned first information.
第一请求可以是UE context suspend request。在步骤S706中,该核心网设备接收到第一请求后,该核心网设备可以向该第一接入网设备发送响应于该第一请求的第一响应消息,该第一响应消息用于指示该第一接入网设备挂起或去激活该上下文。第一响应消息可以是UE context suspend response消息。在步骤S707中,该第一接入网设备根据该第一响应消息,挂起或去激活该终端设备的该上下文。例如,第一接入网设备释放与该终端设备的RRC连接,但不释放该上下文。在第一接入网设备挂起该上下文后,在步骤S708中,该第一接入网设备向终端设备发送第三指示信息,该第三指示信息用于指示挂起或去激活该终端设备的该上下文。该第三指示信息可以是RRC Connection Release,或者,第三指示信息是RRC Connection Release消息中的release cause中的suspend指示,或者,第三指示信息可以包括上述的第一信息以及用于指示终端设备挂起该上下文的指示信息,或者,第三指示信息包括上述suspend指示和Resume ID。终端设备在收到该第三指示信息后,在步骤S709中,该终端设备根据该第三指示信息,挂起或去激活该终端设备的该上下文。具体的,终端设备释放与第一接入网设备的RRC连接,保存该上下文,将与第一接入网设备之间的信令无线承载SRB和数据无线承载DRB挂起。The first request may be the UE context suspend request. In step S706, after the core network device receives the first request, the core network device may send a first response message in response to the first request to the first access network device, where the first response message is used to indicate The first access network device suspends or deactivates the context. The first response message may be a UE context suspend response message. In step S707, the first access network device suspends or deactivates the context of the terminal device according to the first response message. For example, the first access network device releases the RRC connection with the terminal device, but does not release the context. After the first access network device suspends the context, in step S708, the first access network device sends third instruction information to the terminal device, where the third instruction information is used to instruct to suspend or deactivate the terminal device Of that context. The third indication information may be RRC Connection Release, or the third indication information may be the suspend indication in release cause in the RRC Connection Release message, or the third indication information may include the above-mentioned first information and instructions for the terminal device The indication information of suspending the context, or the third indication information includes the above suspend indication and the Resume ID. After the terminal device receives the third instruction information, in step S709, the terminal device suspends or deactivates the context of the terminal device according to the third instruction information. Specifically, the terminal device releases the RRC connection with the first access network device, saves the context, and suspends the signaling radio bearer SRB and data radio bearer DRB with the first access network device.
可选的,在将该终端设备的上下文挂起后,当核心网设备有该终端设备的下行数据发送时,核心网设备可以执行上述的步骤S710和S720,该第一接入网设备可以执行上述的步骤S730和S740,从而实现下行数据的传输。Optionally, after the context of the terminal device is suspended, when the core network device has the terminal device’s downlink data to send, the core network device may perform the above steps S710 and S720, and the first access network device may perform The above steps S730 and S740 realize the transmission of downlink data.
应理解,上述的步骤S705至S709为挂起或去激活该上下文的步骤。挂起或去激活该上下文的流程可以在该步骤S710之前进行。It should be understood that the aforementioned steps S705 to S709 are steps of suspending or deactivating the context. The process of suspending or deactivating the context can be performed before step S710.
可选的,在本申请的一些实施例中,如图13所示的,图13是本申请一些实施例中的信息传输的方法的示意性交互图,在步骤S740之后,可以执行步骤S705至S709。例如,在步骤S740之后,当该下行数据发送完毕之后,第一接入网设备判断出该终端设备没有上下行数据时,可以执行该步骤S705至S709。本申请实施例在此不作限制。Optionally, in some embodiments of the present application, as shown in FIG. 13, FIG. 13 is a schematic interaction diagram of the information transmission method in some embodiments of the present application. After step S740, steps S705 to S705 can be executed. S709. For example, after step S740, when the downlink data is sent, the first access network device determines that the terminal device does not have uplink and downlink data, and may perform steps S705 to S709. The embodiments of the application are not limited here.
可选的,在本申请一些可能的实施方式中,步骤S708发送的第三指示信息和步骤S740发送的下行数据可以在同一条信令中发送给终端设备。例如,第一接入网设备可以向终端 设备发送第三信息,该第三信息包括该第三指示信息和下行数据,在终端设备接收到该第三信息后,可以先根据上下文,接收该下行数据,在下行数据接收完毕之后,将该上下文挂起或者去激活。Optionally, in some possible implementation manners of the present application, the third indication information sent in step S708 and the downlink data sent in step S740 may be sent to the terminal device in the same signaling. For example, the first access network device may send third information to the terminal device. The third information includes the third indication information and downlink data. After the terminal device receives the third information, it may first receive the downlink data according to the context. For data, after the downlink data is received, the context is suspended or deactivated.
可选的,在本申请一些可能的实施方式中,如图14所示,图14是本申请一些实施例中挂起终端设备的上下文的方法的示意性交互图,如图14所示,步骤S705至S709所示挂起或去激活该上下文的步骤可以不依赖于步骤S710至S740所示的恢复该上下的步骤。步骤S705至S709可以单独执行。例如,无论在S709之后是否有下行数据传输,或者在S705之前是否进行上下文的恢复以及下行数据的传输,当第一接入网设备判断出当前该终端设备没有上下行数据时,就执行步骤S705至S709。Optionally, in some possible implementation manners of the present application, as shown in FIG. 14, FIG. 14 is a schematic interaction diagram of a method for suspending the context of a terminal device in some embodiments of the present application. As shown in FIG. 14, step The steps of suspending or deactivating the context shown in S705 to S709 may not depend on the steps of restoring the up and down shown in steps S710 to S740. Steps S705 to S709 can be performed separately. For example, no matter whether there is downlink data transmission after S709, or whether context recovery and downlink data transmission are performed before S705, when the first access network device determines that the terminal device does not currently have uplink and downlink data, step S705 is executed. To S709.
还应理解,上述的挂起流程中,以第一接入网设备为挂起该上下文的接入网设为例进行说明,在本申请实施例中,挂起该上下文的接入网设备还可以是其他的接入网设备(为了区分以第二接入网设备为例进行说明)。当挂起该上下文的接入网设备不是第一接入网设备时,在上述的步骤S730中,当第一信息包括该resume ID时,第一接入网设备需要向第二接入设备请求该上下文。具体的,第一接入网设备可以通过X2-AP接口向第二接入网设备发送恢复UE上下文请求(Retrieve UE context request)来请求该上下文,该恢复上下文请求中携带resume ID。第二接入网设备通过X2-AP接口向第一接入网设备发送恢复UE上下文响应(Retrieve UE context response),其中携带该上下文。第二接入网设备可以通过resume ID来获取该上下文。It should also be understood that, in the above suspension process, the first access network device is the access network that suspends the context as an example for description. In the embodiment of the present application, the access network device that suspends the context is still It may be another access network device (for distinguishing, the second access network device is taken as an example for description). When the access network device for which the context is suspended is not the first access network device, in the above step S730, when the first information includes the resume ID, the first access network device needs to request the second access device The context. Specifically, the first access network device may send a resume UE context request (Retrieve UE context request) to the second access network device through the X2-AP interface to request the context, and the resume context request carries a resume ID. The second access network device sends a Retrieve UE context response (Retrieve UE context response) to the first access network device through the X2-AP interface, which carries the context. The second access network device can obtain the context through the resume ID.
下面将结合具体的例子说明本申请提供的信息传输的方法。The method of information transmission provided in this application will be described below with specific examples.
首先描述挂起上下文的具体过程。First describe the specific process of suspending the context.
如图15所示,图15是本申请一些实施例中的挂起该上下文示意性交互图。图15所示的例子中,核心网设备包括MME和S-GW、终端设备以UE为例,第一接入网设备以eNB为例进行说明。As shown in FIG. 15, FIG. 15 is a schematic interaction diagram of suspending the context in some embodiments of the present application. In the example shown in FIG. 15, the core network equipment includes the MME and the S-GW, the terminal equipment takes the UE as an example, and the first access network equipment takes the eNB as an example for illustration.
如图15所示,在S801中,eNB决定挂起该UE的上下文。例如,当eNB判断出UE没有上行和下行数据时,eNB决定挂起该UE的上下文。eNB为该UE分配resume ID,resume ID用于标识该UE的上下文。挂起该UE的上下文可以理解为eNB释放与UE的RRC连接,但eNB不释放UE的上下文,而是保存UE的上下文。As shown in Figure 15, in S801, the eNB decides to suspend the context of the UE. For example, when the eNB determines that the UE does not have uplink and downlink data, the eNB decides to suspend the context of the UE. The eNB allocates a resume ID for the UE, and the resume ID is used to identify the context of the UE. Suspending the context of the UE can be understood as the eNB releasing the RRC connection with the UE, but the eNB does not release the context of the UE, but saves the context of the UE.
在S802中,eNB向MME请求将该UE挂起(Suspend),例如,eNB向MME发送UE上下文挂起请求(UE context suspend request),请求释放与UE的RRC连接,但eNB不释放UE的上下文。UE上下文挂起请求相当于上述步骤S705中的第一请求,UE上下文挂起请求包括该UE的resume ID。可选的,UE上下文挂起请求包括第一标识和该上下文,或者,包括该UE的上下文,或者,包括该resume ID和该上下文。第一标识可以是该UE的S-TMSI或者IMSI。MME可以保存该resume ID和/或该上下文。In S802, the eNB requests the MME to suspend the UE (Suspend). For example, the eNB sends a UE context suspend request (UE context suspend request) to the MME, requesting to release the RRC connection with the UE, but the eNB does not release the UE context . The UE context suspension request is equivalent to the first request in step S705, and the UE context suspension request includes the resume ID of the UE. Optionally, the UE context suspension request includes the first identifier and the context, or includes the UE context, or includes the resume ID and the context. The first identifier may be the S-TMSI or IMSI of the UE. The MME can save the resume ID and/or the context.
在S803中,MME与S-GW交互释放接入承载(release access bearers)信息。In S803, the MME and the S-GW interact to release access bearers (release access bearers) information.
在S804中,MME向eNB发送UE上下文挂起响应(UE context suspend response)。UE上下文挂起响应相当于步骤S707中的第一响应消息。当eNB接收到MME的UE上下文挂起响应时,即允许eNB将该UE的上下文挂起,此时eNB将该UE的上下文挂起。In S804, the MME sends a UE context suspend response (UE context suspend response) to the eNB. The UE context suspension response is equivalent to the first response message in step S707. When the eNB receives the UE context suspension response from the MME, the eNB is allowed to suspend the UE context, and the eNB suspends the UE context at this time.
在S805中,eNB向UE发送RRC连接释放(RRC connection Release)消息,并在该消息中指示将UE的上下文挂起。RRC连接释放消息可以相当于上述步骤S708中的第三 指示信息。该RRC连接释放消息中携带resume ID,resume ID用于标识该UE的上下文。In S805, the eNB sends an RRC connection release (RRC connection Release) message to the UE, and indicates in the message to suspend the context of the UE. The RRC connection release message may be equivalent to the third indication information in step S708. The RRC connection release message carries a resume ID, and the resume ID is used to identify the context of the UE.
在S806中,UE根据该RRC连接释放消息,释放UE的RRC连接,保存该UE的上下文。具体的,UE保存该上下文(或称为挂起该UE的上下文),将与eNB之间SRB和DRB挂起,该UE进入RRC空闲态。In S806, the UE releases the RRC connection of the UE according to the RRC connection release message, and saves the context of the UE. Specifically, the UE saves the context (or referred to as suspending the context of the UE), suspends the SRB and DRB with the eNB, and the UE enters the RRC idle state.
可选的,在图15所示的流程中,在步骤S802中,如果该UE上下文挂起请求包括该resume ID,可以将该resume ID携带在该UE context suspend request信息中的用于寻呼的推荐小区和基站信息(Information on Recommended Cells and eNBs for Paging)字段,即Information on Recommended Cells and eNBs for Paging信息中包括该resume ID。或者,还可以将该resume ID携带在该UE context suspend request信息中小区标识和覆盖增强级别(Cell Identifier and Coverage Enhancement Level)字段,即Cell Identifier and Coverage Enhancement Level信息中包括该resume ID。本申请对resume ID在UE context suspend request信元中具体位置不作限制。Optionally, in the process shown in FIG. 15, in step S802, if the UE context suspend request includes the resume ID, the resume ID may be carried in the UE context suspend request information for paging. The recommended cell and base station information (Information on Recommended Cells and eNBs for Paging) field, that is, the Information on Recommended Cells and eNBs for Paging information includes the resume ID. Alternatively, the resume ID may also be carried in the UE context suspend request information and the cell identifier and coverage enhancement level (Cell Identifier and Coverage Enhancement Level) fields, that is, the Cell Identifier and Coverage Enhancement Level information includes the resume ID. This application does not limit the specific position of the resume ID in the UE context suspend request cell.
可选的,在上述的步骤S804中,如果UE Context Suspend Response消息包括安全上下文(Security Context),则eNB将Security Context保存到该UE的上下文(UE Context),并删除任何保存的没有使用的{NH,NCC}。Security Context提供安全相关的参数,用于推演安全密钥,其包含Next-Hop(NH)和Next Hop Chaining Count(NCC)。Optionally, in the above step S804, if the UE Context Suspend Response message includes a security context (Security Context), the eNB saves the Security Context to the UE Context (UE Context), and deletes any saved unused { NH, NCC}. Security Context provides security-related parameters for deriving security keys, which include Next-Hop (NH) and Next Hop Chaining Count (NCC).
如图16所示,图16是本申请一些实施例中的恢复该上下文示意性交互图。图16所示的例子中,核心网设备包括MME和S-GW。终端设备以UE为例进行说明,第一接入网设备为向UE发送寻呼消息的接入网设备,第二接入网设备为挂起该UE的上下文的接入网设备,例如,第二接入网设备为图15中所示的eNB。在一些可能的实施方式中,图16所示步骤可以在图15所示的步骤之后执行。在另一些可能的实施方式中,图16所示步骤可以在图15所示的步骤之前执行。As shown in FIG. 16, FIG. 16 is a schematic interaction diagram of restoring the context in some embodiments of the present application. In the example shown in FIG. 16, the core network equipment includes MME and S-GW. The terminal device is illustrated by taking the UE as an example. The first access network device is the access network device that sends a paging message to the UE, and the second access network device is the access network device that suspends the context of the UE. The second access network device is the eNB shown in FIG. 15. In some possible implementation manners, the steps shown in FIG. 16 may be performed after the steps shown in FIG. 15. In other possible implementation manners, the steps shown in FIG. 16 may be performed before the steps shown in FIG. 15.
如图16所示,该方法包括:As shown in Figure 16, the method includes:
S901,S-GW向MME发送下行数据通知消息(downlink data notification),指示有该UE的下行数据到达。S901: The S-GW sends a downlink data notification message (downlink data notification) to the MME, indicating that downlink data of the UE has arrived.
可选地,S-GW还向MME发送第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示以下四种信息中的至少一个:Optionally, the S-GW also sends first indication information to the MME, where the first indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following four types of information:
该下行数据只有一个数据包(single packet);The downlink data has only one data packet (single packet);
该下行数据的数据包的大小(size)小于一个门限;The size of the data packet of the downlink data is less than a threshold;
该下行数据包不会触发上行数据;The downlink data packet will not trigger the uplink data;
该下行数据包会触发上行数据。This downstream data packet will trigger upstream data.
可选地,第一指示信息可以包括于该下行数据通知消息。Optionally, the first indication information may be included in the downlink data notification message.
可选地,S-GW还向MME发送下行数据。Optionally, the S-GW also sends downlink data to the MME.
S902,MME根据接收到的下行数据通知消息,向第一接入网设备发送Paging消息(记作S1 Paging),S1 Paging消息包括Resume ID。或者,S1 Paging消息包括该UE的第一标识和该上下文,或者,S1 Paging消息包括该UE的Resume ID和该上下文。该第一标识可以为该UE的S-TMSI或者IMSI。S902: The MME sends a Paging message (denoted as S1 Paging) to the first access network device according to the received downlink data notification message, and the S1 Paging message includes the Resume ID. Alternatively, the S1 Paging message includes the first identifier of the UE and the context, or the S1 Paging message includes the Resume ID of the UE and the context. The first identifier may be the S-TMSI or IMSI of the UE.
可选地,S1 Paging还可以包括上述第一指示信息。Optionally, S1 Paging may also include the foregoing first indication information.
可选地,若MME从S-GW接收到下行数据,MME可以将下行数据包含于S1 Paging, 即该S1 Paging包括该下行数据。或者,MME可以将下行数据保存,在S1 Paging消息后向第一接入网设备发送该下行数据。Optionally, if the MME receives downlink data from the S-GW, the MME may include the downlink data in S1 Paging, that is, the S1 Paging includes the downlink data. Alternatively, the MME may save the downlink data, and send the downlink data to the first access network device after the S1 Paging message.
可选地,S1 Paging消息可以携带用于指示CP-DL-EDT或UP-DL-EDT的指示信息,该指示信息用于指示MME推荐或建议第一接入网设备使用CP方案和/或UP方案来发送下行数据。Optionally, the S1 Paging message may carry indication information used to indicate CP-DL-EDT or UP-DL-EDT, and the indication information is used to instruct the MME to recommend or suggest that the first access network device uses the CP scheme and/or UP Scheme to send downlink data.
可选的,S1 Paging消息中的Resume ID可以承载于S1 Paging消息中用于承载该UE的S-TMSI的字段,即S1 Paging消息中不携带该S-TMSI。Optionally, the Resume ID in the S1 Paging message may be carried in the field used to carry the S-TMSI of the UE in the S1 Paging message, that is, the S-TMSI is not carried in the S1 Paging message.
可选的,S1 Paging消息中携带该S-TMSI和该Resume ID。Optionally, the S-TMSI and the Resume ID are carried in the S1 Paging message.
S903,第一接入网设备根据接收到的S1 Paging消息中携带的Resume ID,确定是否保存有该Resume ID标识的UE的上下文。S903. The first access network device determines, according to the Resume ID carried in the received S1 Paging message, whether to save the context of the UE identified by the Resume ID.
在一种可能的实施方式中,如果第一接入网设备确定没有保存该UE的上下文,例如,第一接入网设备不是挂起该UE的上下文的接入网设备,假设第二接入网设备为挂起该UE的上下文的接入网设备,则第一接入网设备需要执行步骤S904和S905。In a possible implementation manner, if the first access network device determines that the context of the UE is not saved, for example, the first access network device is not the access network device that suspends the context of the UE, assuming the second access The network device is an access network device that suspends the context of the UE, and the first access network device needs to perform steps S904 and S905.
S904,第一接入网设备向Resume ID指示的第二接入网设备发送恢复UE上下文请求(Retrieve UE Context Request)。可选的,Retrieve UE Context Request还可以包括用于指示第二接入网设备不用进行MAC-I验证的指示信息。S904: The first access network device sends a Retrieve UE Context Request (Retrieve UE Context Request) to the second access network device indicated by the Resume ID. Optionally, the Retrieve UE Context Request may also include indication information used to instruct the second access network device not to perform MAC-I verification.
S905,第二接入网设备通过X2-AP接口向第一接入网发送恢复UE上下文响应(Retrieve UE context response),其中携带UE的上下文。第二接入网设备可以通过resume ID来获取UE的上下文。S905: The second access network device sends a UE context recovery response (Retrieve UE context response) to the first access network through the X2-AP interface, which carries the context of the UE. The second access network device can obtain the context of the UE through the resume ID.
在一种可能的实施方式中,如果第一接入网设备保存有该UE的上下文,则不需要执行步骤S904和S905,在S903之后,直接执行步骤S906至S913。In a possible implementation manner, if the first access network device saves the context of the UE, steps S904 and S905 do not need to be performed, and after S903, steps S906 to S913 are directly performed.
在一些可能的实施方式中,如果步骤S901不携带下行数据,则需要执行步骤S906至S909,In some possible implementations, if step S901 does not carry downlink data, steps S906 to S909 need to be executed.
在一些可能的实施方式中,如果步骤S901携带下行数据,则不需要执行步骤S906至S909。在S903或者S905之后,直接执行步骤S910至S913,或者直接执行S911至S913。In some possible implementation manners, if step S901 carries downlink data, steps S906 to S909 do not need to be performed. After S903 or S905, steps S910 to S913 are directly executed, or S911 to S913 are directly executed.
S906,第一接入网设备向MME请求路径切换(path switch)。S906: The first access network device requests a path switch (path switch) from the MME.
S907,MME与S-GW交互承载修改消息。S907: The MME and the S-GW exchange a bearer modification message.
S908,MME向第一接入网设备发送path switch响应消息。S908: The MME sends a path switch response message to the first access network device.
S909,S-GW向第一接入网设备发送下行数据。S909: The S-GW sends downlink data to the first access network device.
S910,在第一接入网设备从第二接入网设备处获取了该UE的上下文后,第一接入网设备可以向第二接入网设备发送UE Context release,用于指示第二接入网设备释放UE的上下文。S910. After the first access network device obtains the UE context from the second access network device, the first access network device may send the UE Context release to the second access network device to indicate the second access network device. The network access device releases the context of the UE.
S911,在第一接入网设备接收到来自S-GW或者MME发来的下行数据之后,第一接入网设备激活或者恢复UE的上下文,并且第一接入网设备向UE发送Uu Paging。S911: After the first access network device receives the downlink data sent from the S-GW or the MME, the first access network device activates or restores the context of the UE, and the first access network device sends Uu Paging to the UE.
可选地,Uu Paging可以包括用于指示终端设备接收下行数据的指示信息。该指示信息可以为显示指示或隐式指示。Optionally, Uu Paging may include indication information used to instruct the terminal device to receive downlink data. The indication information can be a display indication or an implicit indication.
具体的,显示指示的方式,例如,Uu Paging消息里包含1个比特来指示该终端设备接收下行数据。Specifically, the way of displaying the indication, for example, the Uu Paging message contains 1 bit to indicate that the terminal device receives downlink data.
隐式指示的方式,例如,Uu Paging消息可以包括无线网络临时标识(radio network  temporary identifier,RNTI)、和/或物理随机接入信道(physical random access channel,PRACH)资源等与接收下行数据相关的参数。终端设备在接收到该与接收下行数据相关的参数后,便可以获知有下行数据将到达。The way of implicit indication, for example, the Uu Paging message may include radio network temporary identifier (RNTI) and/or physical random access channel (PRACH) resources related to receiving downlink data. parameter. After receiving the parameters related to the received downlink data, the terminal device can learn that downlink data will arrive.
可选的,第一接入网设备在获取了该UE的上下文时,或者,接收到来自S-GW发来的下行数据时,或者,接收到来自MME发送的寻呼消息时,或者,第一接入网设备获知有下行数据到达时,或者,第一接入网设备接收到下行数据早传的指示时,或者,第一接入网设备接收到第一信息时,第一接入网设备恢复UE的上下文,并激活UE上下文中的安全上下文。若第一接入网设备接收到来自S-GW或者MME发来的下行数据,第一接入网设备使用激活的UE安全信息(安全上下文)对下行数据进行加密。Optionally, when the first access network device acquires the context of the UE, or when it receives downlink data from the S-GW, or when it receives a paging message from the MME, or, When an access network device learns that downlink data has arrived, or when the first access network device receives an indication of early transmission of downlink data, or when the first access network device receives the first information, the first access network device The device restores the UE context and activates the security context in the UE context. If the first access network device receives the downlink data sent from the S-GW or MME, the first access network device uses the activated UE security information (security context) to encrypt the downlink data.
S912,UE根据该Uu Paging消息,恢复或者激活上下文。具体的,UE恢复SRB、DRB配置,并激活安全信息(安全上下文)。S912: The UE restores or activates the context according to the Uu Paging message. Specifically, the UE restores the SRB and DRB configuration, and activates security information (security context).
可选的,该Uu Paging消息包括该Resume ID。Optionally, the Uu Paging message includes the Resume ID.
可选的,该Uu Paging消息还可以包括该终端设备的标识。Optionally, the Uu Paging message may also include the identification of the terminal device.
可选的,该Uu Paging消息携带用于接收下行早传数据的RNTI。Optionally, the Uu Paging message carries an RNTI for receiving downlink early transmission data.
可选的,该Uu Paging消息携带用于下行数据早传的时频资源配置。Optionally, the Uu Paging message carries time-frequency resource configuration for early transmission of downlink data.
在一种可能的实施方式中,UE根据该Uu Paging消息,恢复或者激活上下文,具体可以包括以下方式之一:In a possible implementation manner, the UE restores or activates the context according to the Uu Paging message, which may specifically include one of the following methods:
若该Uu Paging消息包括该Resume ID,UE恢复或者激活上下文;If the Uu Paging message includes the Resume ID, the UE resumes or activates the context;
若该Uu Paging消息携带用于接收下行早传数据的RNTI,UE恢复或者激活上下文;If the Uu Paging message carries the RNTI used to receive downlink early transmission data, the UE restores or activates the context;
若该Uu Paging消息携带用于下行数据早传的时频资源配置,UE恢复或者激活上下文。If the Uu Paging message carries the time-frequency resource configuration for early transmission of downlink data, the UE restores or activates the context.
S913,UE接收该第一接入网设备发送的下行数据。S913: The UE receives downlink data sent by the first access network device.
可选的,如果第一接入网设备发送的下行数据利用上下文中的安全上下文进行加密,则UE利用安全上下文对该下行数据进行解密。Optionally, if the downlink data sent by the first access network device is encrypted using the security context in the context, the UE uses the security context to decrypt the downlink data.
可选的,如果该Uu Paging消息包括该下行数据,则不需要步骤S913。Optionally, if the Uu Paging message includes the downlink data, step S913 is not required.
可选的,图16所示步骤执行完毕之后,例如,当该下行数据发送完毕之后,第一接入网设备判断出该终端设备没有上下行数据时,也可以执行图15所示的挂起该UE的上下文的步骤。本申请实施例在此不作限制。Optionally, after the steps shown in FIG. 16 are executed, for example, after the downlink data is sent, the first access network device determines that the terminal device has no uplink and downlink data, it may also perform the suspension shown in FIG. 15 Steps in the context of the UE. The embodiments of the application are not limited here.
本申请提供的信息传输的方法,核心网设备将用于第一接入网设备确定终端设备的上下文的第一信息通知给第一接入网设备,第一接入网设备可以根据该第一信息,确定(恢复或者激活)终端设备的上下文,从而在接收到核心网设备发送的下行数据时,可以根据该上下文,向终端设备发送该下行数据,可以实现下行数据较早的发送给终端设备(例如,可以实现下行数据在Msg4之前或者Msg3之前将下行数据发送给终端设备),提高了下行数据发送的效率和可靠性,从而提高通信效率。In the method for information transmission provided in this application, the core network device notifies the first access network device of first information for the first access network device to determine the context of the terminal device, and the first access network device may Information, determine (restore or activate) the context of the terminal device, so that when the downlink data sent by the core network device is received, the downlink data can be sent to the terminal device according to the context, so that the downlink data can be sent to the terminal device earlier (For example, the downlink data can be sent to the terminal device before Msg4 or Msg3), which improves the efficiency and reliability of downlink data transmission, thereby improving communication efficiency.
应理解,在本申请的各个实施例中,第一、第二等只是为了表示多个对象是不同的。例如第一接入网设备和第二接入网设备只是为了表示出不同的接入网设备。而不应该对接入网设备的本身产生任何影响,上述的第一、第二等不应该对本申请的实施例造成任何限制。It should be understood that in the various embodiments of the present application, the first, the second, etc. are only used to indicate that multiple objects are different. For example, the first access network device and the second access network device are only used to indicate different access network devices. It should not have any influence on the access network equipment itself, and the above-mentioned first, second, etc. should not cause any limitation to the embodiments of the present application.
还应理解,上述只是为了帮助本领域技术人员更好地理解本申请实施例,而非要限制 本申请实施例的范围。本领域技术人员根据所给出的上述示例,显然可以进行各种等价的修改或变化,例如,上述方法的各个实施例中某些步骤可以是不必须的,或者可以新加入某些步骤等。或者上述任意两种或者任意多种实施例的组合。这样的修改、变化或者组合后的方案也落入本申请实施例的范围内。It should also be understood that the foregoing is only to help those skilled in the art to better understand the embodiments of the present application, and is not intended to limit the scope of the embodiments of the present application. Those skilled in the art can obviously make various equivalent modifications or changes based on the above examples given. For example, some steps in the various embodiments of the above methods may not be necessary, or some new steps may be added. . Or a combination of any two or any of the above embodiments. Such a modified, changed or combined solution also falls within the scope of the embodiments of the present application.
还应理解,上文对本申请实施例的描述着重于强调各个实施例之间的不同之处,未提到的相同或相似之处可以互相参考,为了简洁,这里不再赘述。It should also be understood that the above description of the embodiments of the present application focuses on emphasizing the differences between the various embodiments, and the same or similarities that are not mentioned can be referred to each other, and for the sake of brevity, details are not repeated here.
还应理解,上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后,各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定,而不应对本申请实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。It should also be understood that the size of the sequence numbers of the aforementioned processes does not mean the order of execution, and the execution order of the processes should be determined by their functions and internal logic, and should not constitute any limitation on the implementation process of the embodiments of the present application.
还应理解,本申请实施例中,“预先设定”、“预先定义”可以通过在设备(例如,包括终端设备和接入网设备)中预先保存相应的代码、表格或其他可用于指示相关信息的方式来实现,本申请对于其具体的实现方式不做限定。It should also be understood that in the embodiments of the present application, "pre-set" and "pre-defined" can be pre-stored in the equipment (for example, including terminal equipment and access network equipment) by pre-saving corresponding codes, tables or other information that can be used to indicate related This application does not limit the specific implementation method.
还应理解,本申请实施例中的方式、情况、类别以及实施例的划分仅是为了描述的方便,不应构成特别的限定,各种方式、类别、情况以及实施例中的特征在不矛盾的情况下可以相结合。It should also be understood that the methods, situations, categories, and embodiments in the embodiments of the present application are only for convenience of description and should not constitute special limitations. The various methods, categories, situations, and features in the embodiments are not contradictory. The circumstances can be combined.
还应理解,在本申请的各个实施例中,如果没有特殊说明以及逻辑冲突,不同的实施例之间的术语和/或描述具有一致性、且可以相互引用,不同的实施例中的技术特征根据其内在的逻辑关系可以组合形成新的实施例。It should also be understood that, in the various embodiments of the present application, if there are no special instructions and logical conflicts, the terms and/or descriptions between the different embodiments are consistent and can be mutually cited. The technical features in the different embodiments According to its inherent logical relationship, it can be combined to form a new embodiment.
以上结合图1至图16对本申请实施例的信息的传输方法做了详细说明。以下,结合图17至图24对本申请实施例通信装置进行详细说明。The information transmission method of the embodiment of the present application has been described in detail above with reference to FIGS. 1 to 16. Hereinafter, the communication device according to the embodiment of the present application will be described in detail with reference to FIGS. 17 to 24.
图17示出了本申请实施例的通信装置1000的示意性框图,该装置1000可以对应上述方法700至方法900中描述的第一接入网设备,也可以是应用于第一接入网设备的芯片或组件,并且,该装置1000中各模块或单元分别用于执行上述方法700至方法900中第一接入网设备所执行的各动作或处理过程,如图17所示,该装置1000可以包括收发单元1010和处理单元1020。收发单元1010用于在处理单元1020的驱动下执行具体的信号收发。FIG. 17 shows a schematic block diagram of a communication device 1000 according to an embodiment of the present application. The device 1000 may correspond to the first access network device described in the foregoing method 700 to method 900, or may be applied to the first access network device The chip or component of the device 1000, and each module or unit in the device 1000 is used to execute each action or process performed by the first access network device in the above method 700 to method 900. As shown in FIG. 17, the device 1000 It may include a transceiving unit 1010 and a processing unit 1020. The transceiver unit 1010 is configured to perform specific signal transceiver under the driving of the processing unit 1020.
收发单元1010,用于从核心网设备接收第一信息,该第一信息用于该通信装置确定终端设备的上下文,该上下文用于该通信装置向该终端设备发送下行数据;其中,该上下文是挂起的;The transceiver unit 1010 is configured to receive first information from a core network device, the first information is used by the communication device to determine the context of the terminal device, and the context is used by the communication device to send downlink data to the terminal device; wherein the context is Pending
处理单元1020,用于根据该第一信息,确定该上下文;The processing unit 1020 is configured to determine the context according to the first information;
收发单元1010还用于:根据该上下文,向该终端设备发送该下行数据。The transceiver unit 1010 is further configured to: according to the context, send the downlink data to the terminal device.
本申请提供的通信装置,核心网设备将用于该通信装置确定终端设备的上下文的第一信息通知给该通信装置。其中,该终端设备的上下文是已经被挂起的。该通信装置可以根据该第一信息,确定(恢复或者激活)终端设备的上下文,从而在接收到核心网设备发送的下行数据时,可以根据该上下文,向终端设备发送该下行数据。可以实现下行数据较早的发送到终端设备,例如,下行数据可以在Msg4之前或者Msg3之前发送给终端设备,减少终端接收下行数据的功耗开销,提高了下行数据发送的效率和可靠性,从而提高通信效率。In the communication device provided in this application, the core network device notifies the communication device of the first information used for the communication device to determine the context of the terminal device. Among them, the context of the terminal device has been suspended. The communication apparatus can determine (restore or activate) the context of the terminal device according to the first information, so that when receiving downlink data sent by the core network device, it can send the downlink data to the terminal device according to the context. The downlink data can be sent to the terminal device earlier. For example, the downlink data can be sent to the terminal device before Msg4 or Msg3, which reduces the power consumption overhead of the terminal receiving downlink data and improves the efficiency and reliability of downlink data transmission. Improve communication efficiency.
可选的,在本申请的一些实施例中,该上下文包括安全上下文;处理单元1020具体用于:根据该安全上下文对该下行数据进行加密和/或完整性保护;收发单元1010还用于: 向该终端设备发送加密和/或完整性保护后的该下行数据。Optionally, in some embodiments of the present application, the context includes a security context; the processing unit 1020 is specifically configured to: perform encryption and/or integrity protection on the downlink data according to the security context; the transceiver unit 1010 is further configured to: Send the encrypted and/or integrity-protected downlink data to the terminal device.
可选的,在本申请的一些实施例中,收发单元1010具体用于:根据该上下文,向该终端设备发送第二信息,该第二信息包括该下行数据。Optionally, in some embodiments of the present application, the transceiver unit 1010 is specifically configured to: according to the context, send second information to the terminal device, where the second information includes the downlink data.
可选的,在本申请的一些实施例中,收发单元1010具体用于:在发送寻呼消息的寻呼时机向该终端设备发送第二信息,该第二信息用于调度该下行数据;或者,向该终端设备发送第二信息,该第二信息包括调度信息,该调度信息用于调度该下行数据。Optionally, in some embodiments of the present application, the transceiver unit 1010 is specifically configured to: send second information to the terminal device at the paging occasion of sending a paging message, and the second information is used to schedule the downlink data; or , Sending second information to the terminal device, where the second information includes scheduling information, and the scheduling information is used to schedule the downlink data.
可选的,在本申请的一些实施例中,该第二信息为该寻呼消息,该寻呼消息还包括调度信息,该调度信息用于调度该下行数据,或者,该第二信息为调度信息,该调度信息用于调度该下行数据。Optionally, in some embodiments of the present application, the second information is the paging message, the paging message further includes scheduling information, and the scheduling information is used to schedule the downlink data, or the second information is scheduling Information, the scheduling information is used to schedule the downlink data.
可选的,在本申请的一些实施例中,该第一信息包括该终端设备的第一标识和该上下文,该第一标识由该核心网设备分配;或者,该第一信息包括该终端设备的第二标识,该第二标识由该通信装置分配,该第二标识用于标识该上下文;或者,该第一信息包括该终端设备的第二标识和该上下文。Optionally, in some embodiments of the present application, the first information includes a first identifier of the terminal device and the context, and the first identifier is allocated by the core network device; or, the first information includes the terminal device The second identifier is assigned by the communication device, and the second identifier is used to identify the context; or, the first information includes the second identifier of the terminal device and the context.
可选的,在本申请的一些实施例中,收发单元1010还用于向该核心网设备发送第一请求,该第一请求用于请求挂起或去激活该上下文,该第一请求包括第三信息,该第三信息用于该通信装置确定该终端设备的上下文;从该核心网设备接收响应于该第一请求的第一响应消息,该第一响应消息用于指示该通信装置挂起或去激活该终端设备的该上下文;处理单元1020还用于:根据该第一响应消息,挂起或去激活该终端设备的该上下文。Optionally, in some embodiments of the present application, the transceiver unit 1010 is further configured to send a first request to the core network device, where the first request is used to request suspension or deactivation of the context, and the first request includes the first request. Three information, the third information is used by the communication device to determine the context of the terminal device; a first response message in response to the first request is received from the core network device, and the first response message is used to instruct the communication device to suspend Or deactivate the context of the terminal device; the processing unit 1020 is further configured to: suspend or deactivate the context of the terminal device according to the first response message.
可选的,在本申请的一些实施例中,该第三信息包括该终端设备的第一标识和该上下文,该第一标识由核心网设备分配;或者,该第三信息包括该终端设备的第二标识,该第二标识由该第一接入网设备分配,该第二标识用于标识该上下文;或者,该第三信息包括该终端设备的第二标识和该上下文。Optionally, in some embodiments of the present application, the third information includes the first identifier of the terminal device and the context, and the first identifier is allocated by the core network device; or, the third information includes the terminal device's A second identifier, where the second identifier is allocated by the first access network device, and the second identifier is used to identify the context; or, the third information includes the second identifier of the terminal device and the context.
可选的,在本申请的一些实施例中,该第一信息还包括第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示该下行数据会触发该终端设备发送上行数据、该下行数据不会触发该终端设备发送上行数据、该下行数据仅包括一个数据包中的至少一个。Optionally, in some embodiments of the present application, the first information further includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate that the downlink data will trigger the terminal device to send uplink data, and the downlink data will not trigger The terminal device sends uplink data and the downlink data only includes at least one of a data packet.
可选的,在本申请的一些实施例中,该第一标识为该终端设备的系统架构演进临时移动设备标识S-TMSI或者国际移动用户识别码IMSI;该第二标识为该终端设备的恢复标识resume ID。Optionally, in some embodiments of the present application, the first identifier is the system architecture evolution temporary mobile equipment identifier S-TMSI or the international mobile subscriber identity IMSI of the terminal device; the second identifier is the recovery of the terminal device Identifies the resume ID.
进一步的,该装置1000还可以包括存储单元1030。收发单元1010可以是收发器或者输入/输出接口或接口电路等。存储单元1030用于存储收发单元1010和处理单元1020执行的指令。收发单元1010、处理单元1020和存储单元1030相互耦合,存储单元1030存储指令,处理单元1020用于执行存储单元1030存储的指令,收发单元1010用于在处理单元1020的驱动下执行具体的信号收发。Further, the device 1000 may further include a storage unit 1030. The transceiver unit 1010 may be a transceiver or an input/output interface or an interface circuit or the like. The storage unit 1030 is used to store instructions executed by the transceiver unit 1010 and the processing unit 1020. The transceiving unit 1010, the processing unit 1020, and the storage unit 1030 are coupled to each other. The storage unit 1030 stores instructions. The processing unit 1020 is used to execute the instructions stored in the storage unit 1030. The transceiving unit 1010 is used to perform specific signal transceiving under the driving of the processing unit 1020. .
应理解,装置1000中各单元执行上述相应步骤的具体过程请参照前文中结合图10至图16所示方法中的相关实施例的第一接入网设备或者eNB相关的描述,为了简洁,这里不加赘述。It should be understood that, for the specific process of each unit in the apparatus 1000 performing the above-mentioned corresponding steps, please refer to the first access network device or eNB-related description in the foregoing in conjunction with the related embodiments in the methods shown in FIGS. 10 to 16. For brevity, here Do not repeat it.
可选的,收发单元1010可以包括接收单元(模块)和发送单元(模块),用于执行前述方法700至方法900的各个实施例以及图10至图16所示的实施例中第一接入网设备或者eNB接收信息和发送信息的步骤。Optionally, the transceiving unit 1010 may include a receiving unit (module) and a sending unit (module), which are used to execute each embodiment of the foregoing method 700 to method 900 and the first access in the embodiments shown in FIG. 10 to FIG. The steps of network equipment or eNB receiving information and sending information.
应理解,收发单元1010可以是收发器、输入/输出接口或接口电路。存储单元1030可以是存储器。处理单元1010可由处理器实现。如图18所示,通信装置1100可以包括处理器1110、存储器1120和收发器1130。It should be understood that the transceiver unit 1010 may be a transceiver, an input/output interface, or an interface circuit. The storage unit 1030 may be a memory. The processing unit 1010 may be implemented by a processor. As shown in FIG. 18, the communication device 1100 may include a processor 1110, a memory 1120, and a transceiver 1130.
图17所示的通信装置1000或图18所示的通信装置1100能够实现前述方法700至方法900中的各个实施例以及图10至图16所示的实施例中第一接入网设备执行的步骤。类似的描述可以参考前述对应的方法中的描述。为避免重复,这里不再赘述。The communication device 1000 shown in FIG. 17 or the communication device 1100 shown in FIG. 18 can implement various embodiments of the foregoing method 700 to method 900 and the execution performed by the first access network device in the embodiments shown in FIG. 10 to FIG. 16 step. For similar description, please refer to the description in the corresponding method. To avoid repetition, I won’t repeat them here.
还应理解,图17所示的通信装置1000或图18所示的通信装置1100可以为接入网设备。It should also be understood that the communication apparatus 1000 shown in FIG. 17 or the communication apparatus 1100 shown in FIG. 18 may be an access network device.
图19示出了本申请实施例的通信装置1200的示意性框图,该装置1200可以对应上述方法700至方法900中描述的核心网设备,也可以是应用于核心网设备的芯片或组件,并且,该装置1200中各模块或单元分别用于执行上述方法700至方法900中核心网设备所执行的各动作或处理过程,如图19所示,该装置1200可以包括处理单元1210和收发单元1220。收发单元1220用于在处理单元1210的驱动下执行具体的信号收发。FIG. 19 shows a schematic block diagram of a communication device 1200 according to an embodiment of the present application. The device 1200 may correspond to the core network equipment described in the foregoing methods 700 to 900, or may be a chip or component applied to the core network equipment, and , Each module or unit in the device 1200 is used to execute each action or processing procedure performed by the core network device in the above method 700 to method 900, as shown in FIG. 19, the device 1200 may include a processing unit 1210 and a transceiver unit 1220 . The transceiver unit 1220 is configured to perform specific signal transceiver under the driving of the processing unit 1210.
处理单元1210,用于确定第一信息,该第一信息用于第一接入网设备确定终端设备的上下文,该上下文用于该第一接入网设备向该终端设备发送下行数据,其中,该上下文是挂起的;The processing unit 1210 is configured to determine first information, where the first information is used by the first access network device to determine the context of the terminal device, and the context is used by the first access network device to send downlink data to the terminal device, where: The context is pending;
收发单元1220,用于该向该第一接入网设备发送该第一信息。The transceiver unit 1220 is configured to send the first information to the first access network device.
本申请提供的通信装置,通过接入网设备将已经被挂起终端设备的上下文的相关信息通知给该通信装置,从而在该通信装置有终端设备的下行数据时,该通信装置可以将该终端设备的上下文的相关信息通知给接入网设备,从而在该接入网设备接收到该下行数据时,使得该接入网设备可以根据该上下文的相关信息获取该终端设备的上下文,然后根据上下文将该下行数据发送给终端设备。下行数据可以在Msg4之前或者Msg3之前发送给终端设备,减少终端接收下行数据的功耗开销,提高了下行数据发送的效率和可靠性,从而提高通信效率。The communication device provided in this application notifies the communication device of the context related information of the suspended terminal device through the access network device, so that when the communication device has downlink data of the terminal device, the communication device can use the terminal The context related information of the device is notified to the access network device, so that when the access network device receives the downlink data, the access network device can obtain the context of the terminal device according to the context related information, and then according to the context Send the downlink data to the terminal device. The downlink data can be sent to the terminal device before Msg4 or Msg3, which reduces the power consumption of the terminal receiving downlink data, improves the efficiency and reliability of downlink data transmission, and thereby improves communication efficiency.
可选的,在本申请的一些实施例中,该第一信息包括该终端设备的第一标识和该上下文,该第一标识由该通信装置分配;或者,该第一信息包括该终端设备的第二标识,该第二标识由该第一接入网设备分配,该第二标识用于标识该上下文;或者,该第一信息包括该终端设备的第二标识和该上下文。Optionally, in some embodiments of the present application, the first information includes the first identifier of the terminal device and the context, and the first identifier is allocated by the communication device; or, the first information includes the terminal device's A second identifier, where the second identifier is allocated by the first access network device, and the second identifier is used to identify the context; or, the first information includes the second identifier of the terminal device and the context.
可选的,在本申请的一些实施例中,收发单元1220还用于:从该第一接入网设备接收第一请求,该第一请求用于请求挂起或去激活该上下文,该第一请求包括第三信息,该第三信息用于该第一接入网设备确定该终端设备的上下文;向该第一接入网设备发送响应于该第一请求的第一响应消息,该第一响应消息用于指示该第一接入网设备挂起或去激活该上下文。Optionally, in some embodiments of the present application, the transceiver unit 1220 is further configured to: receive a first request from the first access network device, where the first request is used to request suspension or deactivation of the context, and the second A request includes third information, and the third information is used by the first access network device to determine the context of the terminal device; and a first response message in response to the first request is sent to the first access network device. A response message is used to instruct the first access network device to suspend or deactivate the context.
可选的,在本申请的一些实施例中,该第三信息包括该终端设备的第一标识和该上下文,该第一标识由核心网设备分配;或者,该第三信息包括该终端设备的第二标识,该第二标识由该第一接入网设备分配,该第二标识用于标识该上下文;或者,该第三信息包括该终端设备的第二标识和该上下文。Optionally, in some embodiments of the present application, the third information includes the first identifier of the terminal device and the context, and the first identifier is allocated by the core network device; or, the third information includes the terminal device's A second identifier, where the second identifier is allocated by the first access network device, and the second identifier is used to identify the context; or, the third information includes the second identifier of the terminal device and the context.
可选的,在本申请的一些实施例中,该第一信息还包括第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示该下行数据会触发该终端设备发送上行数据、该下行数据不会触发该终端设备 发送上行数据、该下行数据只包括一个数据包中的至少一个。Optionally, in some embodiments of the present application, the first information further includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate that the downlink data will trigger the terminal device to send uplink data, and the downlink data will not trigger The terminal device sends uplink data, and the downlink data only includes at least one of a data packet.
可选的,在本申请的一些实施例中,该第一标识为该终端设备的系统架构演进临时移动设备标识S-TMSI或者国际移动用户识别码IMSI;该第二标识为该终端设备的恢复标识resume ID。Optionally, in some embodiments of the present application, the first identifier is the system architecture evolution temporary mobile equipment identifier S-TMSI or the international mobile subscriber identity IMSI of the terminal device; the second identifier is the recovery of the terminal device Identifies the resume ID.
应理解,装置1200中各单元执行上述相应步骤的具体过程请参照前文中结合图10至图16所示的方法700至方法900中的相关实施例的核心网设备相关的描述,为了简洁,这里不加赘述。It should be understood that for the specific process of each unit in the apparatus 1200 performing the above corresponding steps, please refer to the description of the core network equipment in the relevant embodiments in the method 700 to method 900 shown in FIG. 10 to FIG. 16. For brevity, here Do not repeat it.
可选的,收发单元1220可以包括接收单元(模块)和发送单元(模块),用于执行前述方法700至方法900的各个实施例以及图10至图16所示的实施例中接入网设备接收信息和发送信息的步骤。可选的,通信装置1200还可以包括存储单元1230,用于存储处理单元1210和收发单元1220执行的指令。处理单元1210、收发单元1220和存储单元1230通信连接,存储单元1230存储指令,处理单元1210用于执行存储单元1230存储的指令,收发单元1220用于在处理单元1210的驱动下执行具体的信号收发。Optionally, the transceiving unit 1220 may include a receiving unit (module) and a sending unit (module), which are used to execute each embodiment of the aforementioned method 700 to method 900 and the access network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 10 to FIG. 16 The steps of receiving and sending information. Optionally, the communication device 1200 may further include a storage unit 1230 for storing instructions executed by the processing unit 1210 and the transceiver unit 1220. The processing unit 1210, the transceiving unit 1220, and the storage unit 1230 are in communication connection. The storage unit 1230 stores instructions. The processing unit 1210 is used to execute the instructions stored in the storage unit 1230. The transceiving unit 1220 is used to perform specific signal transceiving under the driving of the processing unit 1210. .
应理解,收发单元1220可以是收发器、输入/输出接口或接口电路。存储单元1230可以是存储器。处理单元1210可由处理器实现。如图20所示,通信装置1300可以包括处理器1310、存储器1320和收发器1330。It should be understood that the transceiver unit 1220 may be a transceiver, an input/output interface, or an interface circuit. The storage unit 1230 may be a memory. The processing unit 1210 may be implemented by a processor. As shown in FIG. 20, the communication device 1300 may include a processor 1310, a memory 1320, and a transceiver 1330.
图19所示的通信装置1200或图20所示的通信装置1300能够实现前述方法700至方法900的各个实施例以及图10至图19所示的实施例中核心网设备执行的步骤。类似的描述可以参考前述对应的方法中的描述。为避免重复,这里不再赘述。The communication device 1200 shown in FIG. 19 or the communication device 1300 shown in FIG. 20 can implement various embodiments of the aforementioned method 700 to method 900 and the steps performed by the core network device in the embodiments shown in FIG. 10 to FIG. 19. For similar description, please refer to the description in the corresponding method. To avoid repetition, I won’t repeat them here.
还应理解,图19所示的通信装置1200或图20所示的通信装置1300可以为核心网设备。例如,该核心网设备可以为S-GW,或者为MME,或者为SMF,或者为AMF,或者为UPF等。It should also be understood that the communication apparatus 1200 shown in FIG. 19 or the communication apparatus 1300 shown in FIG. 20 may be a core network device. For example, the core network equipment may be S-GW, or MME, or SMF, or AMF, or UPF, or the like.
图21示出了本申请实施例的通信装置1400的示意性框图,该装置1400可以对应上述方法700至方法900中描述的终端设备,也可以是应用于终端设备的芯片或组件,并且,该装置1400中各模块或单元分别用于执行上述方法700至方法900中终端设备所执行的各动作或处理过程,如图21所示,该装置1400可以包括收发单元1410和处理单元1420和。收发单元1410用于在处理单元1420的驱动下执行具体的信号收发。FIG. 21 shows a schematic block diagram of a communication device 1400 according to an embodiment of the present application. The device 1400 may correspond to the terminal device described in the above method 700 to method 900, or may be a chip or component applied to the terminal device, and Each module or unit in the apparatus 1400 is respectively used to execute each action or processing procedure performed by the terminal device in the foregoing method 700 to method 900. As shown in FIG. 21, the apparatus 1400 may include a transceiver unit 1410 and a processing unit 1420 and 1420. The transceiving unit 1410 is configured to perform specific signal transceiving under the driving of the processing unit 1420.
收发单元1410,用于从第一接入网设备接收第二信息,该第二信息包括第二指示信息,该第二指示信息用于指示该终端设备恢复该终端设备的上下文,其中,该上下文是挂起的;The transceiver unit 1410 is configured to receive second information from a first access network device, the second information includes second indication information, and the second indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to restore the context of the terminal device, wherein the context Is pending
处理单元1420,用于根据该第二信息恢复该上下文;The processing unit 1420 is configured to restore the context according to the second information;
收发单元1410还用于根据恢复后的该上下文,从该第一接入网设备接收下行数据。The transceiver unit 1410 is further configured to receive downlink data from the first access network device according to the restored context.
本申请提供的通信装置,该通信装置可以根据接入网设备发送的第二信息恢复上下文,并根据恢复后的上下文节接收接入网设备发送的下行数据,可以实现下行数据较早的发送到该通信装置,例如,该通信装置可以根据该上下文,在Msg4之前或者Msg3之前接收该下行数据,减少该通信装置接收下行数据的功耗开销,提高了下行数据发送的效率和可靠性,从而提高通信效率。The communication device provided by the present application can restore the context according to the second information sent by the access network device, and receive the downlink data sent by the access network device according to the restored context section, so that the downlink data can be sent to The communication device, for example, the communication device may receive the downlink data before Msg4 or Msg3 according to the context, thereby reducing the power consumption of the communication device for receiving downlink data, and improving the efficiency and reliability of downlink data transmission, thereby improving Communication efficiency.
可选的,在本申请的一些实施例中,该上下文包含安全上下文,处理单元1420还用于:根据该上下文中的该安全上下文,对从该第一接入网设备接收到的该下行数据进行解 密。Optionally, in some embodiments of the present application, the context includes a security context, and the processing unit 1420 is further configured to: according to the security context in the context, perform processing on the downlink data received from the first access network device Decrypt.
可选的,在本申请的一些实施例中,该第二信息为寻呼消息,该寻呼消息包括该下行数据。Optionally, in some embodiments of the present application, the second information is a paging message, and the paging message includes the downlink data.
可选的,在本申请的一些实施例中,收发单元1410具体用于:在接收寻呼消息的寻呼时机从该第一接入网设备接收该第二信息,该第二信息还包括调度信息,该调度信息用于调度该下行数据。Optionally, in some embodiments of the present application, the transceiving unit 1410 is specifically configured to: receive the second information from the first access network device at the paging timing of receiving the paging message, and the second information further includes scheduling Information, the scheduling information is used to schedule the downlink data.
可选的,在本申请的一些实施例中,该第二信息为寻呼消息,该寻呼消息还包括调度信息,该调度信息用于调度该下行数据。Optionally, in some embodiments of the present application, the second information is a paging message, and the paging message further includes scheduling information, and the scheduling information is used to schedule the downlink data.
可选的,在本申请的一些实施例中,该第二信息为调度信息,该调度信息用于调度该下行数据。Optionally, in some embodiments of the present application, the second information is scheduling information, and the scheduling information is used to schedule the downlink data.
可选的,在本申请的一些实施例中,该第二信息为寻呼消息,该寻呼消息还包括调度信息,该调度信息用于调度该下行数据。Optionally, in some embodiments of the present application, the second information is a paging message, and the paging message further includes scheduling information, and the scheduling information is used to schedule the downlink data.
应理解,装置1400中各单元执行上述相应步骤的具体过程请参照前文中结合图10至图16所示的方法700至方法900中的相关实施例终端设备相关的描述,为了简洁,这里不加赘述。It should be understood that, for the specific process of each unit in the device 1400 performing the above-mentioned corresponding steps, please refer to the description of the terminal device in the relevant embodiments of the method 700 to the method 900 shown in FIG. 10 to FIG. Repeat.
可选的,收发单元1420可以包括接收单元(模块)和发送单元(模块),用于执行前述方法700至方法900的各个实施例以及图10至图16所示的实施例中接入网设备接收信息和发送信息的步骤。可选的,通信装置1400还可以包括存储单元1430,用于存储处理单元1410和收发单元1420执行的指令。处理单元1410、收发单元1420和存储单元1430通信连接,存储单元1430存储指令,处理单元1410用于执行存储单元1430存储的指令,收发单元1420用于在处理单元1410的驱动下执行具体的信号收发。Optionally, the transceiving unit 1420 may include a receiving unit (module) and a sending unit (module), which are used to execute each embodiment of the foregoing method 700 to method 900 and the access network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 10 to FIG. 16 The steps of receiving and sending information. Optionally, the communication device 1400 may further include a storage unit 1430 configured to store instructions executed by the processing unit 1410 and the transceiver unit 1420. The processing unit 1410, the transceiving unit 1420 and the storage unit 1430 are in communication connection. The storage unit 1430 stores instructions. The processing unit 1410 is used to execute the instructions stored in the storage unit 1430. The transceiving unit 1420 is used to perform specific signal transceiving under the driving of the processing unit 1410. .
应理解,收发单元1420可以是收发器、输入/输出接口或接口电路。存储单元1430可以是存储器。处理单元1410可由处理器实现。如图22所示,通信装置1500可以包括处理器1510、存储器1520和收发器1530。It should be understood that the transceiver unit 1420 may be a transceiver, an input/output interface, or an interface circuit. The storage unit 1430 may be a memory. The processing unit 1410 may be implemented by a processor. As shown in FIG. 22, the communication device 1500 may include a processor 1510, a memory 1520, and a transceiver 1530.
图21所示的通信装置1400或图22所示的通信装置1500能够实现前述方法700至方法900的各个实施例以及图10至图19所示的实施例中终端设备执行的步骤。类似的描述可以参考前述对应的方法中的描述。为避免重复,这里不再赘述。The communication device 1400 shown in FIG. 21 or the communication device 1500 shown in FIG. 22 can implement various embodiments of the foregoing method 700 to method 900 and the steps performed by the terminal device in the embodiments shown in FIG. 10 to FIG. 19. For similar description, please refer to the description in the corresponding method. To avoid repetition, I won’t repeat them here.
还应理解,图21所示的通信装置1400或图22所示的通信装置1500可以为终端设备。It should also be understood that the communication device 1400 shown in FIG. 21 or the communication device 1500 shown in FIG. 22 may be a terminal device.
图23为本申请提供的一种终端设备1700的结构示意图。上述装置1400或者1500可以配置在该终端设备1700中,或者,该装置1400或者1500本身可以即为该终端设备1700。或者说,该终端设备1700可以执行上述方法700至900中终端设备执行的动作。FIG. 23 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device 1700 provided by this application. The foregoing apparatus 1400 or 1500 may be configured in the terminal device 1700, or the apparatus 1400 or 1500 itself may be the terminal device 1700. In other words, the terminal device 1700 can execute the actions performed by the terminal device in the foregoing methods 700 to 900.
为了便于说明,图23仅示出了终端设备的主要部件。如图23所示,终端设备1700包括处理器、存储器、控制电路、天线以及输入输出装置。For ease of description, FIG. 23 only shows the main components of the terminal device. As shown in FIG. 23, the terminal device 1700 includes a processor, a memory, a control circuit, an antenna, and an input and output device.
处理器主要用于对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理,以及对整个终端设备进行控制,执行软件程序,处理软件程序的数据,例如用于支持终端设备执行上述传输预编码矩阵的指示方法实施例中所描述的动作。存储器主要用于存储软件程序和数据,例如存储上述实施例中所描述的码本。控制电路主要用于基带信号与射频信号的转换以及对射频信号的处理。控制电路和天线一起也可以叫作收发器,主要用于收发电磁波形式的射频信号。输入输出装置,例如触摸屏、显示屏,键盘等主要用于接收用户输入的数据以及对用户输出数 据。The processor is mainly used to process the communication protocol and communication data, and to control the entire terminal device, execute the software program, and process the data of the software program, for example, to support the terminal device to execute the above-mentioned transmission precoding matrix instruction method embodiment The described action. The memory is mainly used to store software programs and data, for example, to store the codebook described in the above embodiments. The control circuit is mainly used for the conversion of baseband signal and radio frequency signal and the processing of radio frequency signal. The control circuit and the antenna together can also be called a transceiver, which is mainly used to send and receive radio frequency signals in the form of electromagnetic waves. Input and output devices, such as touch screens, display screens, and keyboards, are mainly used to receive data input by users and output data to users.
当终端设备开机后,处理器可以读取存储单元中的软件程序,解释并执行软件程序的指令,处理软件程序的数据。当需要通过无线发送数据时,处理器对待发送的数据进行基带处理后,输出基带信号至射频电路,射频电路将基带信号进行射频处理后将射频信号通过天线以电磁波的形式向外发送。当有数据发送到终端设备时,射频电路通过天线接收到射频信号,将射频信号转换为基带信号,并将基带信号输出至处理器,处理器将基带信号转换为数据并对该数据进行处理。When the terminal device is turned on, the processor can read the software program in the storage unit, interpret and execute the instructions of the software program, and process the data of the software program. When data needs to be sent wirelessly, the processor performs baseband processing on the data to be sent and outputs the baseband signal to the radio frequency circuit. The radio frequency circuit performs radio frequency processing on the baseband signal and then sends the radio frequency signal to the outside in the form of electromagnetic waves through the antenna. When data is sent to the terminal device, the radio frequency circuit receives the radio frequency signal through the antenna, converts the radio frequency signal into a baseband signal, and outputs the baseband signal to the processor, and the processor converts the baseband signal into data and processes the data.
本领域技术人员可以理解,为了便于说明,图23仅示出了一个存储器和处理器。在实际的终端设备中,可以存在多个处理器和存储器。存储器也可以称为存储介质或者存储设备等,本申请实施例对此不做限制。Those skilled in the art can understand that, for ease of description, FIG. 23 only shows a memory and a processor. In actual terminal devices, there may be multiple processors and memories. The memory may also be referred to as a storage medium or a storage device, etc., which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
例如,处理器可以包括基带处理器和中央处理器,基带处理器主要用于对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理,中央处理器主要用于对整个终端设备进行控制,执行软件程序,处理软件程序的数据。图23中的处理器集成了基带处理器和中央处理器的功能,本领域技术人员可以理解,基带处理器和中央处理器也可以是各自独立的处理器,通过总线等技术互联。本领域技术人员可以理解,终端设备可以包括多个基带处理器以适应不同的网络制式,终端设备可以包括多个中央处理器以增强其处理能力,终端设备的各个部件可以通过各种总线连接。该基带处理器也可以表述为基带处理电路或者基带处理芯片。该中央处理器也可以表述为中央处理电路或者中央处理芯片。对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理的功能可以内置在处理器中,也可以以软件程序的形式存储在存储单元中,由处理器执行软件程序以实现基带处理功能。For example, the processor may include a baseband processor and a central processing unit. The baseband processor is mainly used to process communication protocols and communication data. The central processing unit is mainly used to control the entire terminal device, execute software programs, and process software programs. data. The processor in FIG. 23 integrates the functions of the baseband processor and the central processing unit. Those skilled in the art can understand that the baseband processor and the central processing unit may also be independent processors and are interconnected by technologies such as buses. Those skilled in the art can understand that the terminal device may include multiple baseband processors to adapt to different network standards, the terminal device may include multiple central processors to enhance its processing capabilities, and various components of the terminal device may be connected through various buses. The baseband processor can also be expressed as a baseband processing circuit or a baseband processing chip. The central processing unit can also be expressed as a central processing circuit or a central processing chip. The function of processing the communication protocol and communication data can be built in the processor, or can be stored in the storage unit in the form of a software program, and the processor executes the software program to realize the baseband processing function.
示例性的,在本申请实施例中,可以将具有收发功能的天线和控制电路视为终端设备1700的收发单元1701,将具有处理功能的处理器视为终端设备1700的处理单元1702。如图23所示,终端设备1700包括收发单元1701和处理单元1702。收发单元也可以称为收发器、收发机、收发装置等。可选的,可以将收发单元1701中用于实现接收功能的器件视为接收单元,将收发单元1701中用于实现发送功能的器件视为发送单元,即收发单元1701包括接收单元和发送单元。示例性的,接收单元也可以称为接收机、接收器、接收电路等,发送单元可以称为发射机、发射器或者发射电路等。Exemplarily, in the embodiment of the present application, the antenna and control circuit with the transceiving function can be regarded as the transceiving unit 1701 of the terminal device 1700, and the processor with the processing function can be regarded as the processing unit 1702 of the terminal device 1700. As shown in FIG. 23, the terminal device 1700 includes a transceiving unit 1701 and a processing unit 1702. The transceiver unit may also be called a transceiver, a transceiver, a transceiver, and so on. Optionally, the device for implementing the receiving function in the transceiving unit 1701 can be regarded as the receiving unit, and the device for implementing the sending function in the transceiving unit 1701 as the sending unit, that is, the transceiving unit 1701 includes a receiving unit and a sending unit. Exemplarily, the receiving unit may also be called a receiver, a receiver, a receiving circuit, etc., and the sending unit may be called a transmitter, a transmitter, or a transmitting circuit, etc.
图24为本申请实施例提供的一种接入网设备1800的结构示意图,可以用于实现上述方法中的接入网设备的功能。接入网设备1800包括一个或多个射频单元,如远端射频单元(remote radio unit,RRU)1801和一个或多个基带单元(baseband unit,BBU)(也可称为数字单元,digital unit,DU)1802。该RRU 1801可以称为收发单元、收发机、收发电路、或者收发器等等,其可以包括至少一个天线18011和射频单元18012。该RRU 1801部分主要用于射频信号的收发以及射频信号与基带信号的转换,例如用于向终端设备发送上述实施例中该的信令消息。该BBU 1802部分主要用于进行基带处理,对基站进行控制等。该RRU 1801与BBU 1802可以是物理上设置在一起,也可以物理上分离设置的,即分布式基站。FIG. 24 is a schematic structural diagram of an access network device 1800 provided by an embodiment of the application, which may be used to implement the functions of the access network device in the foregoing method. The access network equipment 1800 includes one or more radio frequency units, such as a remote radio unit (RRU) 1801 and one or more baseband units (BBU) (also referred to as digital units, digital units, DU) 1802. The RRU 1801 may be called a transceiver unit, a transceiver, a transceiver circuit, or a transceiver, etc., and it may include at least one antenna 18011 and a radio frequency unit 18012. The RRU 1801 part is mainly used for the transmission and reception of radio frequency signals and the conversion between radio frequency signals and baseband signals, for example, for sending the signaling message in the foregoing embodiment to the terminal device. The 1802 part of the BBU is mainly used for baseband processing and control of the base station. The RRU 1801 and the BBU 1802 may be physically set together, or may be physically separated, that is, a distributed base station.
该BBU 1802为基站的控制中心,也可以称为处理单元,主要用于完成基带处理功能,如信道编码,复用,调制,扩频等等。例如该BBU(处理单元)1802可以用于控制基站180执行上述方法实施例中关于接入网设备的操作流程。The BBU 1802 is the control center of the base station, and can also be called a processing unit, which is mainly used to complete baseband processing functions, such as channel coding, multiplexing, modulation, and spreading. For example, the BBU (processing unit) 1802 may be used to control the base station 180 to execute the operation procedure of the access network device in the foregoing method embodiment.
在一个示例中,该BBU 1802可以由一个或多个单板构成,多个单板可以共同支持单一接入制式的无线接入网(如LTE系统,或5G系统),也可以分别支持不同接入制式的无线接入网。该BBU 1802还包括存储器18021和处理器18022。该存储器18021用以存储必要的指令和数据。例如存储器18021存储上述实施例中的码本等。该处理器18022用于控制基站进行必要的动作,例如用于控制基站执行上述方法实施例中关于接入网设备的操作流程。该存储器18021和处理器18022可以服务于一个或多个单板。也就是说,可以每个单板上单独设置存储器和处理器。也可以是多个单板共用相同的存储器和处理器。此外每个单板上还可以设置有必要的电路。In an example, the BBU 1802 can be composed of one or more single boards, and multiple single boards can jointly support a radio access network of a single access standard (such as an LTE system or a 5G system), and can also support different connections. Enter the standard wireless access network. The BBU 1802 also includes a memory 18021 and a processor 18022. The memory 18021 is used to store necessary instructions and data. For example, the memory 18021 stores the codebook in the above-mentioned embodiment and the like. The processor 18022 is configured to control the base station to perform necessary actions, for example, to control the base station to execute the operation procedure of the access network device in the foregoing method embodiment. The memory 18021 and the processor 18022 may serve one or more boards. In other words, the memory and the processor can be set separately on each board. It can also be that multiple boards share the same memory and processor. In addition, necessary circuits can be provided on each board.
在一种可能的实施方式中,随着片上系统(system-on-chip,SoC)技术的发展,可以将1802部分和1801部分的全部或者部分功能由SoC技术实现,例如由一颗基站功能芯片实现,该基站功能芯片集成了处理器、存储器、天线接口等器件,基站相关功能的程序存储在存储器中,由处理器执行程序以实现基站的相关功能。可选的,该基站功能芯片也能够读取该芯片外部的存储器以实现基站的相关功能。In a possible implementation manner, with the development of system-on-chip (SoC) technology, all or part of the functions of part 1802 and part 1801 can be implemented by SoC technology, for example, a base station function chip Realization, the base station function chip integrates a processor, a memory, an antenna interface and other devices, the program of the base station related functions is stored in the memory, and the processor executes the program to realize the related functions of the base station. Optionally, the base station function chip can also read a memory external to the chip to implement related functions of the base station.
应理解,图24示例的接入网设备的结构仅为一种可能的形态,而不应对本申请实施例构成任何限定。本申请并不排除未来可能出现的其他形态的基站结构的可能。It should be understood that the structure of the access network device illustrated in FIG. 24 is only a possible form, and should not constitute any limitation in the embodiment of the present application. This application does not exclude the possibility of other base station structures that may appear in the future.
根据本申请实施例提供的方法,本申请实施例还提供一种通信系统,其包括前述的接入网设备、核心网设备以及终端设备。According to the method provided in the embodiment of the present application, the embodiment of the present application also provides a communication system, which includes the aforementioned access network equipment, core network equipment, and terminal equipment.
应理解,本申请实施例中,该处理器可以为中央处理单元(central processing unit,CPU),该处理器还可以是其他通用处理器、数字信号处理器(digital signal processor,DSP)、专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC)、现成可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件等。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。It should be understood that in this embodiment of the application, the processor may be a central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU), and the processor may also be other general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (digital signal processors, DSP), and dedicated integration Circuit (application specific integrated circuit, ASIC), ready-made programmable gate array (field programmable gate array, FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gates or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, etc. The general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may also be any conventional processor or the like.
还应理解,本申请实施例中的存储器可以是易失性存储器或非易失性存储器,或可包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中,非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、可编程只读存储器(programmable ROM,PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(erasable PROM,EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(electrically EPROM,EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM),其用作外部高速缓存。通过示例性但不是限制性说明,许多形式的随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)可用,例如静态随机存取存储器(static RAM,SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(synchronous DRAM,SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(double data rate SDRAM,DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(enhanced SDRAM,ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(synchlink DRAM,SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(direct rambus RAM,DR RAM)。It should also be understood that the memory in the embodiments of the present application may be volatile memory or non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory. Among them, the non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (ROM), programmable read-only memory (programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), and electrically available Erase programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory. The volatile memory may be random access memory (RAM), which is used as an external cache. By way of exemplary but not restrictive description, many forms of random access memory (RAM) are available, such as static random access memory (static RAM, SRAM), dynamic random access memory (DRAM), and synchronous dynamic random access memory (DRAM). Access memory (synchronous DRAM, SDRAM), double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM), synchronous connection dynamic random access memory Take memory (synchlink DRAM, SLDRAM) and direct memory bus random access memory (direct rambus RAM, DR RAM).
上述实施例,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或其他任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,上述实施例可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。该计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令或计算机程序。在计算机上加载或执行该计算机指令或计算机程序时,全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例该的流程或功能。该计算机可以为通 用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。该计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,该计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。该计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集合的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。该可用介质可以是磁性介质(例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如,DVD)、或者半导体介质。半导体介质可以是固态硬盘。The foregoing embodiments may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware or any other combination. When implemented by software, the above-mentioned embodiments may be implemented in the form of a computer program product in whole or in part. The computer program product includes one or more computer instructions or computer programs. When the computer instructions or computer programs are loaded or executed on the computer, the processes or functions according to the embodiments of the present application are generated in whole or in part. The computer can be a general purpose computer, a dedicated computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices. The computer instruction may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium, or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium. For example, the computer instruction may be transmitted from a website, computer, server, or data center through a cable (Such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) to another website site, computer, server or data center. The computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server or a data center that includes one or more sets of available media. The usable medium may be a magnetic medium (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape), an optical medium (for example, a DVD), or a semiconductor medium. The semiconductor medium may be a solid state drive.
本申请实施例还提供了一种通信系统,该通信系统包括:上述的终端设备、上述接入网设备以及上述的核心网设备。An embodiment of the present application also provides a communication system, which includes: the aforementioned terminal device, the aforementioned access network device, and the aforementioned core network device.
本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机可读介质,用于存储计算机程序代码,该计算机程序包括用于执行上述方法700至方法900中本申请实施例的信息传输方法的指令。该可读介质可以是只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)或随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM),本申请实施例对此不做限制。The embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable medium for storing computer program code. The computer program includes instructions for executing the information transmission method of the foregoing method 700 to method 900 in the embodiment of the present application. The readable medium may be read-only memory (ROM) or random access memory (RAM), which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
本申请还提供了一种计算机程序产品,该计算机程序产品包括指令,当该指令被执行时,以使得该终端设备、接入网备和核心网设备分别执行对应于上述方法的终端设备、接入网设备和核心网设备的操作。This application also provides a computer program product. The computer program product includes instructions. When the instructions are executed, the terminal device, the access network device, and the core network device respectively execute the terminal device and the interface corresponding to the above method. Operation of network access equipment and core network equipment.
本申请实施例还提供了一种系统芯片,该系统芯片包括:处理单元和通信单元,该处理单元,例如可以是处理器,该通信单元例如可以是输入/输出接口、管脚或电路等。该处理单元可执行计算机指令,以使该通信装置内的芯片执行上述本申请实施例提供的任一种信息传输方法。The embodiment of the present application also provides a system chip. The system chip includes a processing unit and a communication unit. The processing unit may be, for example, a processor, and the communication unit may be, for example, an input/output interface, a pin, or a circuit. The processing unit can execute computer instructions so that the chip in the communication device executes any of the information transmission methods provided in the foregoing embodiments of the present application.
可选地,上述本申请实施例中提供的任意一种通信装置可以包括该系统芯片。Optionally, any one of the communication devices provided in the foregoing embodiments of the present application may include the system chip.
可选地,该计算机指令被存储在存储单元中。Optionally, the computer instructions are stored in a storage unit.
可选地,该存储单元为该芯片内的存储单元,如寄存器、缓存等,该存储单元还可以是该终端内的位于该芯片外部的存储单元,如ROM或可存储静态信息和指令的其他类型的静态存储设备,RAM等。其中,上述任一处提到的处理器,可以是一个CPU,微处理器,ASIC,或一个或多个用于控制上述的反馈信息传输的方法的程序执行的集成电路。该处理单元和该存储单元可以解耦,分别设置在不同的物理设备上,通过有线或者无线的方式连接来实现该处理单元和该存储单元的各自的功能,以支持该系统芯片实现上述实施例中的各种功能。或者,该处理单元和该存储器也可以耦合在同一个设备上。Optionally, the storage unit is a storage unit in the chip, such as a register, a cache, etc., and the storage unit can also be a storage unit in the terminal located outside the chip, such as a ROM or other storage units that can store static information and instructions. Types of static storage devices, RAM, etc. Wherein, the processor mentioned in any one of the above may be a CPU, a microprocessor, an ASIC, or one or more integrated circuits used to control the program execution of the feedback information transmission method described above. The processing unit and the storage unit can be decoupled, respectively set on different physical devices, and connected in a wired or wireless manner to realize the respective functions of the processing unit and the storage unit, so as to support the system chip to implement the above embodiments Various functions in. Alternatively, the processing unit and the memory may also be coupled to the same device.
可以理解,本申请实施例中的存储器可以是易失性存储器或非易失性存储器,或可包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中,非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、可编程只读存储器(programmable ROM,PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(erasable PROM,EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(electrically EPROM,EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM),其用作外部高速缓存。通过示例性但不是限制性说明,许多形式的随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)可用,例如静态随机存取存储器(static RAM,SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(synchronous DRAM,SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(double data rate SDRAM,DDR SDRAM)、增强 型同步动态随机存取存储器(enhanced SDRAM,ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(synchlink DRAM,SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(direct rambus RAM,DR RAM)。It can be understood that the memory in the embodiments of the present application may be volatile memory or non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory. Among them, the non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (ROM), programmable read-only memory (programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), and electrically available Erase programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory. The volatile memory may be random access memory (RAM), which is used as an external cache. By way of exemplary but not restrictive description, many forms of random access memory (RAM) are available, such as static random access memory (static RAM, SRAM), dynamic random access memory (DRAM), and synchronous dynamic random access memory (DRAM). Access memory (synchronous DRAM, SDRAM), double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM), synchronous connection dynamic random access memory Take memory (synchlink DRAM, SLDRAM) and direct memory bus random access memory (direct rambus RAM, DR RAM).
本文中术语“系统”和“网络”在本文中常被可互换使用。本文中术语“和/或”,仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。另外,本文中字符“/”,一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。The terms "system" and "network" in this article are often used interchangeably in this article. The term "and/or" in this article is only an association relationship describing the associated objects, which means that there can be three relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A alone exists, A and B exist at the same time, exist alone B these three situations. In addition, the character "/" in this text generally indicates that the associated objects before and after are in an "or" relationship.
本申请中出现的术语“上行”和“下行”,用于在特定场景描述数据/信息传输的方向,比如,“上行”方向一般是指数据/信息从终端向网络侧传输的方向,或者分布式单元向集中式单元传输的方向,“下行”方向一般是指数据/信息从网络侧向终端传输的方向,或者集中式单元向分布式单元传输的方向,可以理解,“上行”和“下行”仅用于描述数据/信息的传输方向,该数据/信息传输的具体起止的设备都不作限定。The terms "uplink" and "downlink" appearing in this application are used to describe the direction of data/information transmission in a specific scenario. For example, the "uplink" direction generally refers to the direction or distribution of data/information from the terminal to the network side. The direction of transmission from the central unit to the centralized unit. The "downlink" direction generally refers to the direction in which data/information is transmitted from the network side to the terminal, or the direction from the centralized unit to the distributed unit. It can be understood that "uplink" and "downlink" "It is only used to describe the direction of data/information transmission. The specific start and end equipment of the data/information transmission is not limited.
在本申请中可能出现的对各种消息/信息/设备/网元/系统/装置/动作/操作/流程/概念等各类客体进行了赋名,可以理解的是,这些具体的名称并不构成对相关客体的限定,所赋名称可随着场景,语境或者使用习惯等因素而变更,对本申请中技术术语的技术含义的理解,应主要从其在技术方案中所体现/执行的功能和技术效果来确定。In this application, various objects such as various messages/information/equipment/network elements/systems/devices/actions/operations/processes/concepts that may appear are assigned names. It is understandable that these specific names are not It constitutes a limitation on related objects, and the assigned name can be changed according to factors such as the scene, context or usage habits. The understanding of the technical meaning of the technical terms in this application should mainly be based on the function embodied/performed in the technical solution And technical effects to determine.
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。A person of ordinary skill in the art may be aware that the units and algorithm steps of the examples described in combination with the embodiments disclosed herein can be implemented by electronic hardware or a combination of computer software and electronic hardware. Whether these functions are performed by hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraint conditions of the technical solution. Professionals and technicians can use different methods for each specific application to implement the described functions, but such implementation should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。Those skilled in the art can clearly understand that, for the convenience and conciseness of description, the specific working process of the above-described system, device, and unit can refer to the corresponding process in the foregoing method embodiment, which is not repeated here.
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。A person of ordinary skill in the art may be aware that the units and algorithm steps of the examples described in combination with the embodiments disclosed herein can be implemented by electronic hardware or a combination of computer software and electronic hardware. Whether these functions are performed by hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraint conditions of the technical solution. Professionals and technicians can use different methods for each specific application to implement the described functions, but such implementation should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。Those skilled in the art can clearly understand that, for the convenience and conciseness of description, the specific working process of the above-described system, device, and unit can refer to the corresponding process in the foregoing method embodiment, which is not repeated here.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的系统、装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,该单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed system, device, and method may be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiment described above is only illustrative. For example, the division of the unit is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods. For example, multiple units or components may be combined or may be Integrate into another system, or some features can be ignored or not implemented. In addition, the displayed or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
所述该作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目 的。The unit described as a separate component may or may not be physically separated, and the component displayed as a unit may or may not be a physical unit, that is, it may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units . Some or all of the units can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of the embodiment.
另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。In addition, the functional units in the various embodiments of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist alone physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
所述该功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述该方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、随机存取。If the function is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a computer readable storage medium. Based on this understanding, the technical solution of this application essentially or the part that contributes to the existing technology or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to make a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) execute all or part of the steps of the method described in each embodiment of the present application. The aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (ROM), and random access.
以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。The above are only specific implementations of this application, but the protection scope of this application is not limited to this. Any person skilled in the art can easily think of changes or substitutions within the technical scope disclosed in this application. Should be covered within the scope of protection of this application. Therefore, the protection scope of this application should be subject to the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (22)

  1. 一种信息传输的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method of information transmission, characterized in that it comprises:
    第一接入网设备从核心网设备接收第一信息,所述第一信息用于所述第一接入网设备确定终端设备的上下文,所述上下文用于所述第一接入网设备向所述终端设备发送下行数据;其中,所述上下文是挂起的;The first access network device receives first information from the core network device, where the first information is used by the first access network device to determine the context of the terminal device, and the context is used by the first access network device to send The terminal device sends downlink data; wherein, the context is suspended;
    所述第一接入网设备根据所述第一信息,确定所述上下文;The first access network device determines the context according to the first information;
    所述第一接入网设备根据所述上下文,向所述终端设备发送所述下行数据。The first access network device sends the downlink data to the terminal device according to the context.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述上下文包括安全上下文;The method according to claim 1, wherein the context includes a security context;
    所述第一接入网设备根据所述上下文,向所述终端设备发送所述下行数据,包括:The sending, by the first access network device, the downlink data to the terminal device according to the context includes:
    所述第一接入网设备根据所述安全上下文对所述下行数据进行加密和/或完整性保护;Performing, by the first access network device, encryption and/or integrity protection on the downlink data according to the security context;
    所述第一接入网设备向所述终端设备发送加密和/或完整性保护后的所述下行数据。The first access network device sends the encrypted and/or integrity-protected downlink data to the terminal device.
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一接入网设备根据所述上下文,向所述终端设备发送所述下行数据,包括:The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the first access network device sending the downlink data to the terminal device according to the context comprises:
    所述第一接入网设备根据所述上下文,向所述终端设备发送第二信息,所述第二信息包括所述下行数据。The first access network device sends second information to the terminal device according to the context, where the second information includes the downlink data.
  4. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述第一接入网设备在发送寻呼消息的寻呼时机向所述终端设备发送第二信息,所述第二信息用于调度所述下行数据;或者,The first access network device sends second information to the terminal device at a paging occasion for sending a paging message, where the second information is used to schedule the downlink data; or,
    所述第一接入网设备向所述终端设备发送第二信息,所述第二信息包括调度信息,所述调度信息用于调度所述下行数据。The first access network device sends second information to the terminal device, the second information includes scheduling information, and the scheduling information is used to schedule the downlink data.
  5. 根据权利要求1至4中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信息包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the first information comprises:
    所述终端设备的第一标识和所述上下文,所述第一标识由所述核心网设备分配;或者,The first identifier of the terminal device and the context, where the first identifier is allocated by the core network device; or,
    所述终端设备的第二标识,所述第二标识由所述第一接入网设备分配,所述第二标识用于标识所述上下文;或者,The second identifier of the terminal device, the second identifier is allocated by the first access network device, and the second identifier is used to identify the context; or,
    所述终端设备的第二标识和所述上下文。The second identifier of the terminal device and the context.
  6. 根据权利要求1至5中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述第一接入网设备向所述核心网设备发送第一请求,所述第一请求用于请求挂起或去激活所述上下文,所述第一请求包括第三信息,所述第三信息用于所述第一接入网设备确定所述终端设备的上下文;The first access network device sends a first request to the core network device. The first request is used to request suspension or deactivation of the context. The first request includes third information. The information is used by the first access network device to determine the context of the terminal device;
    所述第一接入网设备从所述核心网设备接收响应于所述第一请求的第一响应消息,所述第一响应消息用于指示所述第一接入网设备挂起或去激活所述终端设备的所述上下文;The first access network device receives a first response message in response to the first request from the core network device, where the first response message is used to instruct the first access network device to suspend or deactivate The context of the terminal device;
    所述第一接入网设备根据所述第一响应消息,挂起或去激活所述终端设备的所述上下文。The first access network device suspends or deactivates the context of the terminal device according to the first response message.
  7. 根据权利要求1至6中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信息还包括第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述下行数据会触发所述终端设备发送上行数据、所述下行数据不会触发所述终端设备发送上行数据、所述下行数据仅包括一个数据包 中的至少一个。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the first information further comprises first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate that the downlink data will trigger the terminal device Sending uplink data, the downlink data does not trigger the terminal device to send uplink data, and the downlink data only includes at least one of a data packet.
  8. 根据权利要求5所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一标识为所述终端设备的系统架构演进临时移动设备标识S-TMSI或者国际移动用户识别码IMSI;The method according to claim 5, wherein the first identifier is the system architecture evolution temporary mobile equipment identifier S-TMSI or the international mobile subscriber identity IMSI of the terminal device;
    所述第二标识为所述终端设备的恢复标识resume ID。The second identifier is the resume ID of the terminal device.
  9. 一种信息传输方法,其特征在于,包括:An information transmission method, characterized by comprising:
    核心网设备确定第一信息,所述第一信息用于第一接入网设备确定终端设备的上下文,所述上下文用于所述第一接入网设备向所述终端设备发送下行数据,其中,所述上下文是挂起的;The core network device determines first information, where the first information is used by the first access network device to determine the context of the terminal device, and the context is used by the first access network device to send downlink data to the terminal device, where , The context is suspended;
    所述核心网设备向所述第一接入网设备发送所述第一信息。The core network device sends the first information to the first access network device.
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信息包括:The method according to claim 9, wherein the first information comprises:
    所述终端设备的第一标识和所述上下文,所述第一标识由所述核心网设备分配;或者,The first identifier of the terminal device and the context, where the first identifier is allocated by the core network device; or,
    所述终端设备的第二标识,所述第二标识由所述第一接入网设备分配,所述第二标识用于标识所述上下文;或者,The second identifier of the terminal device, the second identifier is allocated by the first access network device, and the second identifier is used to identify the context; or,
    所述终端设备的第二标识和所述上下文。The second identifier of the terminal device and the context.
  11. [根据细则91更正 01.07.2019]
    根据权利要求9或10所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:
    所述核心网设备从所述第一接入网设备接收第一请求,所述第一请求用于请求挂起或去激活所述上下文,所述第一请求包括第三信息,所述第三信息用于所述第一接入网设备确定所述终端设备的上下文;
    所述核心网设备向所述第一接入网设备发送响应于所述第一请求的第一响应消息,所述第一响应消息用于指示所述第一接入网设备挂起或去激活所述上下文。
    [Corrected according to Rule 91 01.07.2019]
    The method according to claim 9 or 10, wherein the method further comprises:
    The core network device receives a first request from the first access network device, the first request is used to request to suspend or deactivate the context, the first request includes third information, and the third The information is used by the first access network device to determine the context of the terminal device;
    The core network device sends a first response message in response to the first request to the first access network device, where the first response message is used to instruct the first access network device to suspend or deactivate The context.
  12. 根据权利要求10或11所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信息还包括第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述下行数据会触发所述终端设备发送上行数据、所述下行数据不会触发所述终端设备发送上行数据、所述下行数据只包括一个数据包中的至少一个。The method according to claim 10 or 11, wherein the first information further comprises first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate that the downlink data will trigger the terminal device to send uplink data, The downlink data does not trigger the terminal device to send uplink data, and the downlink data only includes at least one of a data packet.
  13. 根据权利要求10所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一标识为所述终端设备的系统架构演进临时移动设备标识S-TMSI或者国际移动用户识别码IMSI;The method according to claim 10, wherein the first identifier is the system architecture evolution temporary mobile equipment identifier S-TMSI or the international mobile subscriber identity IMSI of the terminal device;
    所述第二标识为所述终端设备的恢复标识resume ID。The second identifier is the resume ID of the terminal device.
  14. 一种信息传输的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method of information transmission, characterized in that it comprises:
    终端设备从第一接入网设备接收第二信息,所述第二信息包括第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述终端设备恢复所述终端设备的上下文,其中,所述上下文是挂起的;The terminal device receives second information from the first access network device, the second information includes second indication information, and the second indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to restore the context of the terminal device, wherein the The context is pending;
    所述终端设备根据所述第二信息恢复所述上下文;The terminal device restores the context according to the second information;
    所述终端设备根据恢复后的所述上下文,从所述第一接入网设备接收下行数据。The terminal device receives downlink data from the first access network device according to the restored context.
  15. 根据权利要求14所述的方法,其特征在于,所述上下文包含安全上下文,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 14, wherein the context includes a security context, and the method further comprises:
    所述终端设备根据所述上下文中的所述安全上下文,对从所述第一接入网设备接收到的所述下行数据进行解密。The terminal device decrypts the downlink data received from the first access network device according to the security context in the context.
  16. 根据权利要求14或15所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二信息为寻呼消息,所述寻呼消息包括所述下行数据。The method according to claim 14 or 15, wherein the second information is a paging message, and the paging message includes the downlink data.
  17. 根据权利要求14或15所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端设备从第一接入网设备接收第二信息,包括:The method according to claim 14 or 15, wherein the terminal device receiving the second information from the first access network device comprises:
    所述终端设备在接收寻呼消息的寻呼时机从所述第一接入网设备接收所述第二信息,所述第二信息还包括调度信息,所述调度信息用于调度所述下行数据,或者,所述第二信息为所述调度信息。The terminal device receives the second information from the first access network device at a paging occasion of receiving a paging message, the second information further includes scheduling information, and the scheduling information is used to schedule the downlink data Or, the second information is the scheduling information.
  18. 根据权利要求14或15所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二信息为寻呼消息,所述寻呼消息还包括调度信息,所述调度信息用于调度所述下行数据。The method according to claim 14 or 15, wherein the second information is a paging message, and the paging message further includes scheduling information, and the scheduling information is used to schedule the downlink data.
  19. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括用于执行如权利要求1至8,或9至13,或者14至18中任一项所述方法的各个步骤的单元。A communication device, characterized by comprising a unit for executing each step of the method according to any one of claims 1 to 8, or 9 to 13, or 14 to 18.
  20. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括至少一个处理器和接口电路,所述至少一个处理器用于执行如权利要求1至8,或9至13,或者14至18中任一项所述的方法。A communication device, characterized by comprising at least one processor and an interface circuit, the at least one processor being used to execute the method according to any one of claims 1 to 8, or 9 to 13, or 14 to 18 .
  21. 一种存储介质,其特征在于,所述存储介质中存储有程序,当所述程序被处理器运行时,如权利要求1至18中任一项所述的方法被执行。A storage medium, characterized in that a program is stored in the storage medium, and when the program is run by a processor, the method according to any one of claims 1 to 18 is executed.
  22. 一种计算机程序产品,包括指令,当其在传输数据的装置上运行时,使得通信装置执行如权利要求1至18中任一所项述的方法。A computer program product, including instructions, which, when run on a device for transmitting data, causes a communication device to execute the method described in any one of claims 1 to 18.
PCT/CN2019/074688 2019-02-03 2019-02-03 Information transmission method and communication device WO2020155174A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2019/074688 WO2020155174A1 (en) 2019-02-03 2019-02-03 Information transmission method and communication device

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2019/074688 WO2020155174A1 (en) 2019-02-03 2019-02-03 Information transmission method and communication device

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2020155174A1 true WO2020155174A1 (en) 2020-08-06

Family

ID=71840662

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2019/074688 WO2020155174A1 (en) 2019-02-03 2019-02-03 Information transmission method and communication device

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2020155174A1 (en)

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN106686744A (en) * 2015-11-06 2017-05-17 电信科学技术研究院 Downlink data transmission method and equipment
CN106961748A (en) * 2016-01-08 2017-07-18 北京三星通信技术研究有限公司 Control UE contexts and the method and apparatus of UE connections
CN108924826A (en) * 2017-03-24 2018-11-30 北京三星通信技术研究有限公司 The control method and equipment of data transmission

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN106686744A (en) * 2015-11-06 2017-05-17 电信科学技术研究院 Downlink data transmission method and equipment
CN106961748A (en) * 2016-01-08 2017-07-18 北京三星通信技术研究有限公司 Control UE contexts and the method and apparatus of UE connections
CN108924826A (en) * 2017-03-24 2018-11-30 北京三星通信技术研究有限公司 The control method and equipment of data transmission

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11140676B2 (en) Data transmission method, terminal device, and access network device
JP6274301B2 (en) Mobile station and method thereof
CN107836135B (en) Method and apparatus for transmitting and receiving data by terminal in wireless communication system
US20220060884A1 (en) Method and device for allocating and obtaining ip address
US11856396B2 (en) System and method for security activation with session granularity
AU2017406570A1 (en) Relay communication method, apparatus and system
WO2013075602A1 (en) Method, base station and user equipment for achieving carrier aggregation
CN113170416B (en) Data transmission method and device
CN111385830A (en) Communication method and device
CN108605225A (en) A kind of security processing and relevant device
WO2019033402A1 (en) Method for paging, and access network device, terminal device and core network device
CN115299107A (en) Reestablishing method and communication device
WO2020119615A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus and computer readable storage medium
US20240098830A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
CN110784912A (en) Management method of session correspondence and terminal equipment
US20230079012A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
US11805568B2 (en) User equipment context transfer over radio access network paging
WO2020155174A1 (en) Information transmission method and communication device
CN110913507B (en) Communication method and device
WO2020172844A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2022226749A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus, storage medium, and chip system
EP4333479A1 (en) Rrc connection maintenance method, related device, and readable storage medium
WO2023143252A1 (en) Time service method and communication apparatus
WO2022011684A1 (en) Path loss reference signal configuration method, terminal device, and network device
US20220191098A1 (en) Wireless communication method and terminal device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 19913124

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 19913124

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1